FILE NO.

A08-016

SERVICE MANUAL
AIR-CONDITIONER
SPLIT TYPE
RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E,
RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E /
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND,
RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND /
RAS-3M26GAV-E1, RAS-4M27GAV-E1

R410A
PRINTED IN JAPAN, Apr, 2009 ToMo

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CONTENTS

1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .......................................................................... 3

2. SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................................... 5

3. REFRIGERANT R410A ........................................................................... 27

4. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS ........................................................................ 35

5. WIRING DIAGRAM .................................................................................. 37

6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS ......................................... 39

7. REFRIGERANT CYCLE DIAGRAM ........................................................ 40

8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................ 48

9. OPERATION DESCRIPTION ................................................................... 50

10. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ................................................................ 76

11. HOW TO DIAGNOSE THE TROUBLE ...................................................... 96

12. HOW TO REPLACE THE MAIN PARTS ................................................. 118

13. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ................................................. 129

–2–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications/Illustrated marks), and keep them.

[Explanation of indications]
Indication Explanation

Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
DANGER the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.

Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
WARNING repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (*) may be caused on the
CAUTION repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

* Property damage : Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet

[Explanation of illustrated marks]

Mark Explanation

Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.

Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.

Indicates cautions (including danger/warning)

The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents.

For general public use

Power supply cord of outdoor unit shall be more than 1.5 mm² (H07RN-F or 60245IEC66) polychloroprene
sheathed flexible cord.

• Read this “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully before servicing.

• The precautions described below include the important items regarding safety. Observe them without fail.
• After the servicing work, perform a trial operation to check for any problem.
• Turn off the main power supply switch (or breaker) before the unit maintenance.

CAUTION
New Refrigerant Air Conditioner Installation
• THIS AIR CONDITIONER ADOPTS THE NEW HFC REFRIGERANT (R410A) WHICH DOES NOT
DESTROY OZONE LAYER.
R410A refrigerant is apt to be affected by impurities such as water, oxidizing membrane, and oils because
the working pressure of R410A refrigerant is approx. 1.6 times of refrigerant R22. Accompanied with the
adoption of the new refrigerant, the refrigeration machine oil has also been changed. Therefore, during
installation work, be sure that water, dust, former refrigerant, or refrigeration machine oil does not enter into
the new type refrigerant R410A air conditioner circuit.
To prevent mixing of refrigerant or refrigerating machine oil, the sizes of connecting sections of charging port
on main unit and installation tools are different from those used for the conventional refrigerant units.
Accordingly, special tools are required for the new refrigerant (R410A) units. For connecting pipes, use new
and clean piping materials with high pressure fittings made for R410A only, so that water and/or dust does
not enter. Moreover, do not use the existing piping because there are some problems with pressure fittings
and possible impurities in existing piping.

–3–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 CAUTION
TO DISCONNECT THE APPLIANCE FROM THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY
A switch or circuit breaker that can disconnect all poles must be included in the fixed wiring.
Be sure to use an approved circuit breaker or switch.

DANGER
• Ask an authorized dealer or qualified installation professional to install/maintain the air conditioner.
INAPPROPRIATE SERVICING MAY RESULT IN WATER LEAKAGE, ELECTRIC SHOCK OR FIRE.
• TURN OFF MAIN POWER SUPPLY BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY ELECTRICAL WORK. MAKE SURE ALL
POWER SWITCHES ARE OFF. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY CAUSE ELECTRIC SHOCK.

DANGER: HIGH VOLTAGE

The high voltage circuit is incorporated.
Be careful to do the check service, as the electric shock may be caused in case of touching parts on
the P.C. board by hand.

• CORRECTLY CONNECT THE CONNECTING CABLE. IF THE CONNECTING CABLE IS INCORRECTLY

CONNECTED, ELECTRIC PARTS MAY BE DAMAGED.
• CHECK THAT THE EARTH WIRE IS NOT BROKEN OR DISCONNECTED BEFORE SERVICE AND INSTAL-
LATION. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY CAUSE ELECTRIC SHOCK.
• DO NOT INSTALL NEAR CONCENTRATIONS OF COMBUSTIBLE GAS OR GAS VAPORS. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION CAN RESULT IN FIRE OR EXPLOSION.
• TO PREVENT THE INDOOR UNIT FROM OVERHEATING AND CAUSING A FIRE HAZARD, PLACE THE
UNIT WELL AWAY (MORE THAN 2 M) FROM HEAT SOURCES SUCH AS RADIATORS, HEAT RESISTORS,
FURNACE, STOVES, ETC.
• WHEN MOVING THE AIR-CONDITIONER FOR INSTALLATION IN ANOTHER PLACE, BE VERY CAREFUL
NOT TO ALLOW THE SPECIFIED REFRIGERANT (R410A) TO BECOME MIXED WITH ANY OTHER
GASEOUS BODY INTO THE REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT. IF AIR OR ANY OTHER GAS IS MIXED IN THE
REFRIGERANT, THE GAS PRESSURE IN THE REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT WILL BECOME ABNORMALLY
HIGH AND IT MAY RESULT IN THE PIPE BURSTING AND POSSIBLE PERSONNEL INJURIES.
• IN THE EVENT THAT THE REFRIGERANT GAS LEAKS OUT OF THE PIPE DURING THE SERVICE WORK
AND THE INSTALLATION WORK, IMMEDIATELY LET FRESH AIR INTO THE ROOM. IF THE REFRIGER-
ANT GAS IS HEATED, SUCH AS BY FIRE, GENERATION OF POISONOUS GAS MAY RESULT.

WARNING
• Never modify this unit by removing any of the safety guards or bypass any of the safety interlock switches.
• Do not install in a place which cannot bear the weight of the unit.
Personal injury and property damage can result if the unit falls.
• After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak.
If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and flows near a fire source such as a cooking range, noxious gas may generate.
• The electrical work must be performed by a qualified electrician in accordance with the Installation
Manual. Make sure the air conditioner uses an exclusive circuit.
An insufficient circuit capacity or inappropriate installation may cause fire.
• When wiring, use the specified cables and connect the terminals securely to prevent external forces
applied to the cable from affecting the terminals.
• Be sure to provide grounding.
Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes, water pipes, lightning rods or ground wires for telephone cables.
• Conform to the regulations of the local electric company when wiring the power supply.
Inappropriate grounding may cause electric shock.

–4–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 CAUTION
• Exposure of unit to water or other moisture before installation may result in an electrical short.
Do not store in a wet basement or expose to rain or water.
• Do not install in a place that can increase the vibration of the unit. Do not install in a place that can amplify
the noise level of the unit or where noise or discharged air might disturb neighbors.
• To avoid personal injury, be careful when handling parts with sharp edges.
• Perform the specified installation work to guard against an earthquake.
If the air conditioner is not installed appropriately, accidents may occur due to the falling unit.

2. SPECIFICATIONS
The indoor and outdoor units that can be used in combination are shown in the tables below.

Table of models that can be connected

Type Outdoor unit Indoor unit

RAS-M10PKVP-E RAS-M13PKVP-E RAS-M16PKVP-E RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND RAS-M13PKVP-ND RAS-M16PKVP-ND RAS-M18PKVP-ND

RAS-3M26GAV-E1 RAS-B10SKVP-E RAS-B13SKVP-E RAS-B16SKVP-E

Heat pump
RAS-4M27GAV-E1 RAS-M07SKV-E RAS-M10SKV-E RAS-M13SKV-E RAS-M16SKV-E
RAS-M10GDV-E RAS-M13GDV-E RAS-M16GDV-E
RAS-M10SMUV-E RAS-M13SMUV-E RAS-M16SMUV-E

Table of models that can be used in combination

Type Outdoor unit Combinations of indoor unit models that can be connected
RAS-3M26GAV-E1 Refer to page 8 to 13
Heat pump
RAS-4M27GAV-E1 Refer to page 14 to 25

NOTES
A 1-room connection is not an option for the indoor units (you cannot connect only one indoor unit).
Be sure to connect indoor units in two or more.

The contents noted in this service manual limit the indoor units to the RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E,
RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E.
For other indoor units that can also be used in combination, see the Service Manual of each indoor unit.

Indoor unit File No.

RAS-M07SKV-E
RAS-M10SKV-E RAS-M16SKV-E SVM-07034
RAS-M13SKV-E
RAS-M10GDV-E
RAS-M13GDV-E A05-010
RAS-M16GDV-E
RAS-B10SKVP-E
RAS-B13SKVP-E A06-014
RAS-B16SKVP-E
RAS-M10SMUV-E
RAS-M13SMUV-E A06-015
RAS-M16SMUV-E

–5–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 2-1. Specifications
<Heat Pump Models>
RAS-M10PKVP-E,RAS-M13PKVP-E,RAS-M16PKVP-E,RAS-M18PKVP-E /
RAS-4M27GAV-E1,RAS-3M26GAV-E1
Indoor RAS- M10PKVP-E, M13PKVP-E, M16PKVP-E, M18PKVP-E
Unit model
Outdoor RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Cooling Capacity (kW) 8.0 7.5
Cooling Capacity range (kW) 1.4-9.2 1.4-8.9
Heating Capacity (kW) 9.0 9.0
Heating Capacity range (kW) 0.8-11.0 0.8-10.8
Power supply 220-240V 1Ph 50Hz / 220V 1Ph 60Hz
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-E M13PKVP-E M16PKVP-E M18PKVP-E
Running current (A) 0.21/0.20/0.19 0.24/0.23/0.22 0.27/0.26/0.25 0.30/0.29/0.28
Indoor
Power Consumption (W) 25 30 35 40
Power factor (%) 54/54/55 57/57/57 59/59/58 61/60/60
Electric Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
charactaristics Operation mode Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Running current (A) 11.60/11.09/10.63 10.44/9.98/9.57 10.44/9.98/9.57 11.83/11.31/10.84
Total
Power consumption (W) 2500 2250 2250 2550
Power factor (%) 98 98 98 98
Starting current (A) 11.60/11.09/10.63 11.83/11.31/10.84
COP (Cooling/Heating) 3.20/4.00 3.33/3.53
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-E M13PKVP-E M16PKVP-E M18PKVP-E
Indoor High dB (A) 43/43 45/45 47/47 49/49
(Cooling/Heating) Medium dB (A) 37/35 38/36 40/38 41/41
Operating noise
Low dB (A) 31/27 31/27 34/30 34/31
Outdoor Unit model RAS-4M27GAV-E1 RAS-3M26GAV-E1
(Cooling/Heating) Full indoor units operating 48/48 48/48
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-E M13PKVP-E M16PKVP-E M18PKVP-E
Height (mm) 295 295 295 295
Dimension Width (mm) 790 790 790 790
Indoor unit Depth (mm) 242 242 242 242
Net weight (kg) 12 12 12 12
Fan motor output (W) 30 30 30 30
Air flow rate (Cooling/Heating) (m³/h) 640/640 690/690 750/750 800/800
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Height (mm) 795 795
Dimension Width (mm) 900 900
Depth (mm) 320 320
Net weight (kg) 65 64
Outdoor unit Motor output (W) 2000
Compressor Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DA220A2F-20L
Fan motor output (W) 60
Air flow rate (m³/h) High:3000 Midium:2800
Type Flare connection
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-E M13PKVP-E M16PKVP-E M18PKVP-E
Indoor unit Liquid side Ø6.35 Ø6.35 Ø6.35 Ø6.35
Gas side Ø9.52 Ø9.52 Ø12.7 Ø12.7
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
A unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø12.7 Ø6.35 / Ø12.7
Outdoor unit B unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 Ø6.35 / Ø9.52
C unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 Ø6.35 / Ø9.52
Piping connection
D unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 —
Maximum length (per unit) (m) 25 25
Maximum length (total) (m) 70 50
Maximum chargeless length (m) 70 50
Maximum height difference (m) 15 15
Name of refirigerant R410A
Weight (kg) 2.4
Wiring connection Power supply interconnection 3 Wires : includes earth, 4 Wires : includes earth
Indoor (Cooling/Heating) (°C) 21 - 32/0 - 28
Usable temperature range
Outdoor (Cooling/Heating) (°C) 10 - 43/-10 - 24
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-E M13PKVP-E M16PKVP-E M18PKVP-E
Installation plate 1 1 1 1
Wireless remote controller 1 1 1 1
Batteries 2 2 2 2
Indoor unit Remote controller holder 1 1 1 1
Remote controller holder mounting screw 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L)
Accessory
Owner's manual 1 1 1 1
Mounting screw 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L)
Installation manual 1 1 1 1
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Outdoor unit Installation manual 1 1
Owner's manual 1 1

• For performance when each indoor unit is combined with other unit, refer to the separate table.
• The specifications may be subject to change without notice for purpose of improvement.

–6–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Cooling Only Models>
RAS-M10PKVP-ND,RAS-M13PKVP-ND,RAS-M16PKVP-ND,RAS-M18PKVP-ND /
RAS-4M27GAV-E1,RAS-3M26GAV-E1
Indoor RAS- M10PKVP-ND, M13PKVP-ND, M16PKVP-ND, M18PKVP-ND
Unit model
Outdoor RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Cooling Capacity (kW) 8.0 7.5
Cooling Capacity range (kW) 1.4-9.2 1.4-8.9
Heating Capacity (kW) 9.0 9.0
Heating Capacity range (kW) 0.8-11.0 0.8-10.8
Power supply 220-240V 1Ph 50Hz / 220V 1Ph 60Hz
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-ND M13PKVP-ND M16PKVP-ND M18PKVP-ND
Running current (A) 0.21/0.20/0.19 0.24/0.23/0.22 0.27/0.26/0.25 0.30/0.29/0.28
Indoor
Power Consumption (W) 25 30 35 40
Power factor (%) 54/54/55 57/57/57 59/59/58 61/60/60
Electric Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
charactaristics Operation mode Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Running current (A) 11.60/11.09/10.63 10.44/9.98/9.57 10.44/9.98/9.57 11.83/11.31/10.84
Total
Power consumption (W) 2500 2250 2250 2550
Power factor (%) 98 98 98 98
Starting current (A) 11.60/11.09/10.63 11.83/11.31/10.84
COP (Cooling/Heating) 3.20/4.00 3.33/3.53
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-ND M13PKVP-ND M16PKVP-ND M18PKVP-ND
Indoor High dB (A) 43/43 45/45 47/47 49/49
(Cooling/Heating) Medium dB (A) 37/35 38/36 40/38 41/41
Operating noise
Low dB (A) 31/27 31/27 34/30 34/31
Outdoor Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
(Cooling/Heating) Full indoor units operating 48/48 48/48
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-ND M13PKVP-ND M16PKVP-ND M18PKVP-ND
Height (mm) 295 295 295 295
Dimension Width (mm) 790 790 790 790
Indoor unit Depth (mm) 242 242 242 242
Net weight (kg) 12 12 12 12
Fan motor output (W) 30 30 30 30
Air flow rate (Cooling/Heating) (m³/h) 640/640 690/690 750/750 800/800
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Height (mm) 795 795
Dimension Width (mm) 900 900
Depth (mm) 320 320
Net weight (kg) 65 64
Outdoor unit Motor output (W) 2000
Compressor Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DA220A2F-20L
Fan motor output (W) 60
Air flow rate (m³/h) High:3000 Midium:2800
Type Flare connection
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-ND M13PKVP-ND M16PKVP-ND M18PKVP-ND
Indoor unit Liquid side Ø6.35 Ø6.35 Ø6.35 Ø6.35
Gas side Ø9.52 Ø9.52 Ø12.7 Ø12.7
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
A unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø12.7 Ø6.35 / Ø12.7
Outdoor unit B unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 Ø6.35 / Ø9.52
C unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 Ø6.35 / Ø9.52
Piping connection
D unit liquid side/gas side Ø6.35 / Ø9.52 —
Maximum length (per unit) (m) 25 25
Maximum length (total) (m) 70 50
Maximum chargeless length (m) 70 50
Maximum height difference (m) 15 15
Name of refirigerant R410A
Weight (kg) 2.4
Wiring connection Power supply interconnection 3 Wires : includes earth , 4 Wires : includes earth
Indoor (Cooling/Heating) (°C) 21 - 32/0 - 28
Usable temperature range
Outdoor (Cooling/Heating) (°C) 10 - 43/-10 - 24
Unit model RAS- M10PKVP-ND M13PKVP-ND M16PKVP-ND M18PKVP-ND
Installation plate 1 1 1 1
Wireless remote controller 1 1 1 1
Batteries 2 2 2 2
Indoor unit Remote controller holder 1 1 1 1
Remote controller holder mounting screw 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L) 2 (Ø3.1 × 16L)
Accessory
Owner's manual 1 1 1 1
Mounting screw 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L) 7 (Ø4 × 25L)
Installation manual 1 1 1 1
Unit model RAS- 4M27GAV-E1 3M26GAV-E1
Outdoor unit Installation manual 1 1
Owner's manual 1 1

• For performance when each indoor unit is combined with other unit, refer to the separate table.
• The specifications may be subject to change without notice for purpose of improvement.

–7–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 2-2. Specifications of Performance When Each Indoor Unit is Combined with Other Unit
Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Cooling/220V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.69 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.68 – 3.74)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.87 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.68 – 4.64)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.74 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.68 – 7.20)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.81 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.68 – 9.28)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 9.04 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.68 – 9.74)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 7.05 48
(2.5 – 5.0 ) (640 – 1770) (3.64 – 8.21)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 7.10 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.64 – 8.86)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 8.40 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.75 – 9.88)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 8.40 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.75 – 10.30)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 7.10 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.64 – 9.46)
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 8.40 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.75 – 10.30)
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 10.76 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.92 – 11.92)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 10.76 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.92 – 11.92)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2230 10.34 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2230 10.34 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 07 07 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.80 – 12.76)
16 07 07 — 3.92 1.74 1.74 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
18 07 07 — 4.11 1.64 1.64 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 10 07 — 3.26 2.38 1.76 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.80 – 12.76)
16 10 07 — 3.62 2.17 1.61 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
18 10 07 — 3.81 2.06 1.53 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
13 13 07 — 2.91 2.91 1.57 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
16 13 07 — 3.31 2.72 1.47 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.95 – 13.22)
18 13 07 — 3.50 2.59 1.40 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.95 – 13.22)
16 16 07 — 3.07 3.07 1.36 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
18 16 07 — 3.26 2.93 1.30 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
10 10 10 — 2.47 2.47 2.47 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 10 10 — 3.01 2.20 2.20 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.80 – 12.76)
16 10 10 — 3.36 2.02 2.02 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
18 10 10 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
13 13 10 — 2.71 2.71 1.98 — 7.4 2230 10.34 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.80 – 13.08)
16 13 10 — 3.10 2.55 1.86 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.95 – 13.22)
18 13 10 — 3.29 2.43 1.78 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.95 – 13.22)
13 13 13 — 2.50 2.50 2.50 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.95 – 13.22)
16 16 10 — 2.88 2.88 1.73 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
18 16 10 — 3.07 2.77 1.66 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
16 13 13 — 2.84 2.33 2.33 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
18 13 13 — 3.02 2.24 2.24 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.95 – 13.54)
16 16 13 — 2.66 2.66 2.19 — 7.5 2250 10.44 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (980 – 2950) (4.95 – 13.68)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

–8–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Cooling/230V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.53 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.52 – 3.58)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.71 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.52 – 4.44)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.49 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.52 – 6.88)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.47 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.52 – 8.87)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 8.65 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.52 – 9.32)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 6.74 48
(2.5 – 5.0 ) (640 – 1770) (3.48 – 7.85)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 6.79 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.48 – 8.47)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 8.03 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.59 – 9.45)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 8.03 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.59 – 9.85)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 6.79 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.48 – 9.05)
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 8.03 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.59 – 9.85)
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 10.29 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.75 – 11.40)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 10.29 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.75 – 11.40)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2230 9.89 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2230 9.89 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 07 07 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.59 – 12.20)
16 07 07 — 3.92 1.74 1.74 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
18 07 07 — 4.11 1.64 1.64 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 10 07 — 3.26 2.38 1.76 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.59 – 12.20)
16 10 07 — 3.62 2.17 1.61 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
18 10 07 — 3.81 2.06 1.53 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
13 13 07 — 2.91 2.91 1.57 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
16 13 07 — 3.31 2.72 1.47 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.73 – 12.64)
18 13 07 — 3.50 2.59 1.40 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.73 – 12.64)
16 16 07 — 3.07 3.07 1.36 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
18 16 07 — 3.26 2.93 1.30 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
10 10 10 — 2.47 2.47 2.47 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 10 10 — 3.01 2.20 2.20 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.59 – 12.20)
16 10 10 — 3.36 2.02 2.02 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
18 10 10 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
13 13 10 — 2.71 2.71 1.98 — 7.4 2230 9.89 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.59 – 12.51)
16 13 10 — 3.10 2.55 1.86 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.73 – 12.64)
18 13 10 — 3.29 2.43 1.78 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.73 – 12.64)
13 13 13 — 2.50 2.50 2.50 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.73 – 12.64)
16 16 10 — 2.88 2.88 1.73 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
18 16 10 — 3.07 2.77 1.66 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
16 13 13 — 2.84 2.33 2.33 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
18 13 13 — 3.02 2.24 2.24 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.73 – 12.95)
16 16 13 — 2.66 2.66 2.19 — 7.5 2250 9.98 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (980 – 2950) (4.73 – 13.09)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

–9–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Cooling/240V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.39 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.38 – 3.43)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.55 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.38 – 4.26)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.26 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.38 – 6.60)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.16 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.38 – 8.50)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 8.29 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.38 – 8.93)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 6.46 48
(2.5 – 5.0 ) (640 – 1770) (3.33 – 7.53)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 6.51 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.33 – 8.12)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 7.70 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.44 – 9.06)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 7.70 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.44 – 9.44)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 6.51 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.33 – 8.67)
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 7.70 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.44 – 9.44)
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 9.86 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.59 – 10.93)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 9.86 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.59 – 10.93)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2230 9.48 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2230 9.48 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 07 07 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.40 – 11.69)
16 07 07 — 3.92 1.74 1.74 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
18 07 07 — 4.11 1.64 1.64 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 10 07 — 3.26 2.38 1.76 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.40 – 11.69)
16 10 07 — 3.62 2.17 1.61 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
18 10 07 — 3.81 2.06 1.53 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
13 13 07 — 2.91 2.91 1.57 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
16 13 07 — 3.31 2.72 1.47 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.54 – 12.12)
18 13 07 — 3.50 2.59 1.40 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.54 – 12.12)
16 16 07 — 3.07 3.07 1.36 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
18 16 07 — 3.26 2.93 1.30 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
10 10 10 — 2.47 2.47 2.47 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 10 10 — 3.01 2.20 2.20 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (950 – 2750) (4.40 – 11.69)
16 10 10 — 3.36 2.02 2.02 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
18 10 10 — 3.56 1.92 1.92 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
13 13 10 — 2.71 2.71 1.98 — 7.4 2230 9.48 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (950 – 2820) (4.40 – 11.99)
16 13 10 — 3.10 2.55 1.86 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.54 – 12.12)
18 13 10 — 3.29 2.43 1.78 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.54 – 12.12)
13 13 13 — 2.50 2.50 2.50 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.0 – 8.6) (980 – 2850) (4.54 – 12.12)
16 16 10 — 2.88 2.88 1.73 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
18 16 10 — 3.07 2.77 1.66 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
16 13 13 — 2.84 2.33 2.33 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
18 13 13 — 3.02 2.24 2.24 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (980 – 2920) (4.54 – 12.41)
16 16 13 — 2.66 2.66 2.19 — 7.5 2250 9.57 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (980 – 2950) (4.54 – 12.54)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 10 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Heating/220V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.7 950 4.41 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1400) (1.87 – 6.49)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1500 6.96 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.87 – 9.18)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 9.51 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.93 – 12.76)
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 11.13 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.93 – 13.91)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 12.20 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.93 – 14.84)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2040 9.46 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
10 07 — — 4.47 2.23 — — 6.7 2050 9.51 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
13 07 — — 5.29 2.11 — — 7.4 2320 10.76 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.94 – 14.89)
16 07 — — 5.65 2.05 — — 7.7 2380 11.04 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
18 07 — — 5.93 1.98 — — 7.9 2380 11.04 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2050 9.51 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2240 10.39 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.94 – 14.89)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2380 11.04 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2380 11.04 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2380 11.04 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2560 11.87 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.94 – 15.03)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2560 11.87 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.94 – 15.03)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 12.52 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2700 12.52 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 12.52 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 10.62 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
10 07 07 — 4.15 2.08 2.08 — 8.3 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 07 07 — 4.78 1.91 1.91 — 8.6 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
16 07 07 — 5.04 1.83 1.83 — 8.7 2360 10.95 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
18 07 07 — 5.22 1.74 1.74 — 8.7 2360 10.95 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
10 10 07 — 3.40 3.40 1.70 — 8.5 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 10 07 — 3.95 3.16 1.58 — 8.7 2360 10.95 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 10 07 — 4.16 3.03 1.51 — 8.7 2360 10.95 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
18 10 07 — 4.40 2.93 1.47 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
13 13 07 — 3.67 3.67 1.47 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 13 07 — 3.87 3.52 1.41 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 13 07 — 4.06 3.38 1.35 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 16 07 — 3.72 3.72 1.35 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 16 07 — 3.91 3.59 1.30 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2360 10.95 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 10 10 — 3.59 2.61 2.61 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 10 10 — 3.77 2.51 2.51 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
13 13 10 — 3.14 3.14 2.51 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2430 11.27 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2490 11.55 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2490 11.55 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2490 11.55 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2490 11.55 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
16 16 13 — 3.09 3.09 2.81 — 9.0 2550 11.83 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (2.16 – 12.99 )

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 11 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Heating/230V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.7 950 4.21 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1400) (1.79 – 6.21)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1500 6.65 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.79 – 8.78)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 9.09 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.85 – 12.20)
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 10.65 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.85 – 13.31)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 11.67 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.85 – 14.20)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2040 9.05 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
10 07 — — 4.47 2.23 — — 6.7 2050 9.09 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
13 07 — — 5.29 2.11 — — 7.4 2320 10.29 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.86 – 14.24)
16 07 — — 5.65 2.05 — — 7.7 2380 10.56 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
18 07 — — 5.93 1.98 — — 7.9 2380 10.56 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2050 9.09 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2240 9.94 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.86 – 14.24)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2380 10.56 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2380 10.56 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2380 10.56 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2560 11.36 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.86 – 14.37)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2560 11.36 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.86 – 14.37)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 11.98 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2700 11.98 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 11.98 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 10.16 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
10 07 07 — 4.15 2.08 2.08 — 8.3 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 07 07 — 4.78 1.91 1.91 — 8.6 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
16 07 07 — 5.04 1.83 1.83 — 8.7 2360 10.47 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
18 07 07 — 5.22 1.74 1.74 — 8.7 2360 10.47 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
10 10 07 — 3.40 3.40 1.70 — 8.5 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 10 07 — 3.95 3.16 1.58 — 8.7 2360 10.47 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 10 07 — 4.16 3.03 1.51 — 8.7 2360 10.47 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
18 10 07 — 4.40 2.93 1.47 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
13 13 07 — 3.67 3.67 1.47 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 13 07 — 3.87 3.52 1.41 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 13 07 — 4.06 3.38 1.35 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 16 07 — 3.72 3.72 1.35 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 16 07 — 3.91 3.59 1.30 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2360 10.47 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 10 10 — 3.59 2.61 2.61 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 10 10 — 3.77 2.51 2.51 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
13 13 10 — 3.14 3.14 2.51 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2430 10.78 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2490 11.05 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2490 11.05 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2490 11.05 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2490 11.05 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
16 16 13 — 3.09 3.09 2.81 — 9.0 2550 11.31 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (2.07 – 12.42)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 12 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Heating/240V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.7 950 4.04 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1400) (1.71 – 5.95)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1500 6.38 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.71 – 8.42)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 8.72 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.77 – 11.69)
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 10.20 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.77 – 12.76)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 11.18 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.77 – 13.61)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2040 8.67 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
10 07 — — 4.47 2.23 — — 6.7 2050 8.72 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
13 07 — — 5.29 2.11 — — 7.4 2320 9.86 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.78 – 13.65)
16 07 — — 5.65 2.05 — — 7.7 2380 10.12 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
18 07 — — 5.93 1.98 — — 7.9 2380 10.12 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2050 8.72 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2240 9.52 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.78 – 13.65)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2380 10.12 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2380 10.12 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2380 10.12 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2560 10.88 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.78 – 13.78)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2560 10.88 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.78 – 13.78)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 11.48 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2700 11.48 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2700 11.48 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 9.74 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
10 07 07 — 4.15 2.08 2.08 — 8.3 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 07 07 — 4.78 1.91 1.91 — 8.6 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
16 07 07 — 5.04 1.83 1.83 — 8.7 2360 10.03 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
18 07 07 — 5.22 1.74 1.74 — 8.7 2360 10.03 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
10 10 07 — 3.40 3.40 1.70 — 8.5 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 10 07 — 3.95 3.16 1.58 — 8.7 2360 10.03 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 10 07 — 4.16 3.03 1.51 — 8.7 2360 10.03 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
18 10 07 — 4.40 2.93 1.47 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
13 13 07 — 3.67 3.67 1.47 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 13 07 — 3.87 3.52 1.41 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 13 07 — 4.06 3.38 1.35 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 16 07 — 3.72 3.72 1.35 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 16 07 — 3.91 3.59 1.30 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2360 10.03 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 10 10 — 3.59 2.61 2.61 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 10 10 — 3.77 2.51 2.51 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
13 13 10 — 3.14 3.14 2.51 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2430 10.33 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2490 10.59 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2490 10.59 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2490 10.59 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2490 10.59 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
16 16 13 — 3.09 3.09 2.81 — 9.0 2550 10.84 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (1.98 – 11.90)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 13 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Cooling/220V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.69 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.68 – 3.74)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.87 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.68 – 4.64)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.74 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.68 – 7.20)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.81 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.68 – 9.28)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 9.23 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.68 – 9.74)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 7.05 48
(2.5 – 5.0) (640 – 1770) (3.64 – 8.21)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 7.10 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.64 – 8.86)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 8.40 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.75 – 9.88)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 8.40 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.75 – 10.30)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 7.10 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.64 – 9.46 )
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 8.40 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.75 – 10.30 )
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 9.46 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.81 – 11.13)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 10.76 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.92 – 11.92)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 10.76 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.92 – 11.92)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.83 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.98 – 12.76)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2400 11.13 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2400 11.13 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 07 07 — 3.65 1.97 1.97 — 7.6 2410 11.18 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.85 – 12.71)
16 07 07 — 4.08 1.81 1.81 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
18 07 07 — 4.28 1.71 1.71 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2400 11.13 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 10 07 — 3.39 2.48 1.83 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.85 – 12.71)
16 10 07 — 3.77 2.26 1.67 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
18 10 07 — 3.97 2.14 1.59 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
13 13 07 — 3.03 3.03 1.64 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94 )
16 13 07 — 3.44 2.83 1.53 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
18 13 07 — 3.64 2.70 1.46 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
16 16 07 — 3.19 3.19 1.42 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
18 16 07 — 3.39 3.05 1.36 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
10 10 10 — 2.53 2.53 2.53 — 7.6 2400 11.13 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.80 – 12.62)
13 10 10 — 3.13 2.28 2.28 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.85 – 12.71)
16 10 10 — 3.50 2.10 2.10 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
18 10 10 — 3.70 2.00 2.00 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
13 13 10 — 2.82 2.82 2.06 — 7.7 2410 11.18 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.85 – 12.94)
16 13 10 — 3.22 2.65 1.93 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
18 13 10 — 3.42 2.53 1.85 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
18 16 10 — 3.20 2.88 1.73 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
13 13 13 — 2.60 2.60 2.60 — 7.8 2430 11.27 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.90 – 13.03)
16 16 10 — 3.04 3.04 1.82 — 7.9 2440 11.32 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.90 – 13.13)
16 13 13 — 2.99 2.46 2.46 — 7.9 2440 11.32 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.90 – 13.13)
18 13 13 — 3.19 2.36 2.36 — 7.9 2440 11.32 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.90 – 13.13)
16 16 13 — 2.80 2.80 2.30 — 7.9 2440 11.32 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.90 – 13.36)
18 16 13 — 2.99 2.69 2.21 — 7.9 2440 11.32 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.90 – 13.36)
16 16 16 — 2.67 2.67 2.67 — 8.0 2450 11.36 48
(4.3 – 9.0) (980 – 2900) (4.95 – 13.45)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 14 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Cooling/220V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 4 units 07 07 07 07 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 7.8 2450 11.36 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.70 – 12.99)
10 07 07 07 2.42 1.79 1.79 1.79 7.8 2450 11.36 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.70 – 12.99)
13 07 07 07 3.01 1.63 1.63 1.63 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.75 – 13.08)
16 07 07 07 3.39 1.50 1.50 1.50 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
18 07 07 07 3.59 1.44 1.44 1.44 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
10 10 07 07 2.24 2.24 1.66 1.66 7.8 2450 11.36 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.70 – 12.99)
13 10 07 07 2.81 2.05 1.52 1.52 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.75 – 13.08)
16 10 07 07 3.17 1.90 1.41 1.41 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
18 10 07 07 3.38 1.82 1.35 1.35 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
13 13 07 07 2.56 2.56 1.39 1.39 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
16 13 07 07 2.95 2.43 1.31 1.31 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
18 13 07 07 3.15 2.33 1.26 1.26 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
16 16 07 07 2.77 2.77 1.23 1.23 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
18 16 07 07 2.96 2.67 1.19 1.19 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
10 10 10 07 2.11 2.11 2.11 1.56 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.70 – 12.99)
13 10 10 07 2.63 1.92 1.92 1.42 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.75 – 13.08)
16 10 10 07 2.99 1.79 1.79 1.33 7.9 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
18 10 10 07 3.23 1.74 1.74 1.29 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
13 13 10 07 2.45 2.45 1.79 1.32 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
16 13 10 07 2.79 2.29 1.67 1.24 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
18 13 10 07 2.99 2.21 1.61 1.19 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
16 16 10 07 2.63 2.63 1.58 1.17 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
18 16 10 07 2.82 2.54 1.52 1.13 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
13 13 13 07 2.26 2.26 2.26 1.22 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
16 13 13 07 2.59 2.13 2.13 1.15 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
18 13 13 07 2.78 2.06 2.06 1.11 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
16 16 13 07 2.45 2.45 2.01 1.09 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
10 10 10 10 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.70 – 12.99)
13 10 10 10 2.48 1.81 1.81 1.81 7.9 2450 11.36 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.75 – 13.08)
16 10 10 10 2.86 1.71 1.71 1.71 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
18 10 10 10 3.05 1.65 1.65 1.65 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
13 13 10 10 2.31 2.31 1.69 1.69 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.75 – 13.27)
16 13 10 10 2.65 2.18 1.59 1.59 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.10 1.53 1.53 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
13 13 13 10 2.14 2.14 2.14 1.57 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.80 – 13.36)
16 13 13 10 2.47 2.03 2.03 1.48 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
13 13 13 13 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)
16 16 10 10 2.50 2.50 1.50 1.50 8.0 2500 11.60 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.80 – 13.45)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 15 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Cooling/230V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.53 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.52 – 3.58)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.71 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.52 – 4.44)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.49 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.52 – 6.88)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.47 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.52 – 8.87)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 8.83 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.52 – 9.32)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 6.74 48
(2.5 – 5.0) (640 – 1770) (3.48 – 7.85)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 6.79 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.48 – 8.47)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 8.03 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.59 – 9.45)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 8.03 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.59 – 9.85)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 6.79 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.48 – 9.05)
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 8.03 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.59 – 9.85)
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 9.05 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.64 – 10.65)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 10.29 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.75 – 11.40)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 10.29 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.75 – 11.40)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 11.31 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.80 – 12.20)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2400 10.65 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2400 10.65 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 07 07 — 3.65 1.97 1.97 — 7.6 2410 10.69 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.64 – 12.16)
16 07 07 — 4.08 1.81 1.81 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
18 07 07 — 4.28 1.71 1.71 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2400 10.65 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 10 07 — 3.39 2.48 1.83 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.64 – 12.16)
16 10 07 — 3.77 2.26 1.67 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
18 10 07 — 3.97 2.14 1.59 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
13 13 07 — 3.03 3.03 1.64 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
16 13 07 — 3.44 2.83 1.53 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
18 13 07 — 3.64 2.70 1.46 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
16 16 07 — 3.19 3.19 1.42 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
18 16 07 — 3.39 3.05 1.36 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
10 10 10 — 2.53 2.53 2.53 — 7.6 2400 10.65 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.59 – 12.07)
13 10 10 — 3.13 2.28 2.28 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.64 – 12.16)
16 10 10 — 3.50 2.10 2.10 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
18 10 10 — 3.70 2.00 2.00 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
13 13 10 — 2.82 2.82 2.06 — 7.7 2410 10.69 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.64 – 12.38)
16 13 10 — 3.22 2.65 1.93 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
18 13 10 — 3.42 2.53 1.85 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
18 16 10 — 3.20 2.88 1.73 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
13 13 13 — 2.60 2.60 2.60 — 7.8 2430 10.78 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.69 – 12.47)
16 16 10 — 3.04 3.04 1.82 — 7.9 2440 10.83 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.69 – 12.56)
16 13 13 — 2.99 2.46 2.46 — 7.9 2440 10.83 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.69 – 12.56)
18 13 13 — 3.19 2.36 2.36 — 7.9 2440 10.83 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.69 – 12.56)
16 16 13 — 2.80 2.80 2.30 — 7.9 2440 10.83 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.69 – 12.78)
18 16 13 — 2.99 2.69 2.21 — 7.9 2440 10.83 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.69 – 12.78)
16 16 16 — 2.67 2.67 2.67 — 8.0 2450 10.87 48
(4.3 – 9.0) (980 – 2900) (4.73 – 12.87)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 16 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Cooling/230V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 4 units 07 07 07 07 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 7.8 2450 10.87 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.49 – 12.42)
10 07 07 07 2.42 1.79 1.79 1.79 7.8 2450 10.87 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.49 – 12.42)
13 07 07 07 3.01 1.63 1.63 1.63 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.54 – 12.51)
16 07 07 07 3.39 1.50 1.50 1.50 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
18 07 07 07 3.59 1.44 1.44 1.44 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
10 10 07 07 2.24 2.24 1.66 1.66 7.8 2450 10.87 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.49 – 12.42)
13 10 07 07 2.81 2.05 1.52 1.52 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.54 – 12.51)
16 10 07 07 3.17 1.90 1.41 1.41 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69 )
18 10 07 07 3.38 1.82 1.35 1.35 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
13 13 07 07 2.56 2.56 1.39 1.39 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
16 13 07 07 2.95 2.43 1.31 1.31 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
18 13 07 07 3.15 2.33 1.26 1.26 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
16 16 07 07 2.77 2.77 1.23 1.23 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
18 16 07 07 2.96 2.67 1.19 1.19 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
10 10 10 07 2.11 2.11 2.11 1.56 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.49 – 12.42)
13 10 10 07 2.63 1.92 1.92 1.42 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.54 – 12.51)
16 10 10 07 2.99 1.79 1.79 1.33 7.9 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
18 10 10 07 3.23 1.74 1.74 1.29 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
13 13 10 07 2.45 2.45 1.79 1.32 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
16 13 10 07 2.79 2.29 1.67 1.24 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
18 13 10 07 2.99 2.21 1.61 1.19 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
16 16 10 07 2.63 2.63 1.58 1.17 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
18 16 10 07 2.82 2.54 1.52 1.13 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
13 13 13 07 2.26 2.26 2.26 1.22 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
16 13 13 07 2.59 2.13 2.13 1.15 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
18 13 13 07 2.78 2.06 2.06 1.11 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
16 16 13 07 2.45 2.45 2.01 1.09 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
10 10 10 10 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.49 – 12.42)
13 10 10 10 2.48 1.81 1.81 1.81 7.9 2450 10.87 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.54 – 12.51)
16 10 10 10 2.86 1.71 1.71 1.71 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
18 10 10 10 3.05 1.65 1.65 1.65 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
13 13 10 10 2.31 2.31 1.69 1.69 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.54 – 12.69)
16 13 10 10 2.65 2.18 1.59 1.59 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.10 1.53 1.53 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
13 13 13 10 2.14 2.14 2.14 1.57 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.59 – 12.78)
16 13 13 10 2.47 2.03 2.03 1.48 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
13 13 13 13 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)
16 16 10 10 2.50 2.50 1.50 1.50 8.0 2500 11.09 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.59 – 12.87)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 17 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Cooling/240V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 — — — 2.0 650 3.39 48
(1.4 – 2.5) (640 – 700) (3.38 – 3.43)
10 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 750 3.55 48
(1.4 – 3.2) (640 – 950) (3.38 – 4.26)
13 — — — 3.7 — — — 3.7 1200 5.26 48
(1.4 – 4.4) (640 – 1520) (3.38 – 6.60)
16 — — — 4.5 — — — 4.5 1650 7.16 48
(1.4 – 5.0) (640 – 2000) (3.38 – 8.50)
18 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 1950 8.46 48
(1.4 – 5.2) (640 – 2100) (3.38 – 8.93)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.00 2.00 — — 4.0 1520 6.46 48
(2.5 – 5.0) (640 – 1770) (3.33 – 7.53)
10 07 — — 2.70 2.00 — — 4.7 1530 6.51 48
(2.5 – 5.7) (640 – 1910) (3.33 – 8.12)
13 07 — — 3.70 2.00 — — 5.7 1810 7.70 48
(2.6 – 6.5) (660 – 2130) (3.44 – 9.06)
16 07 — — 4.08 1.82 — — 5.9 1810 7.70 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.44 – 9.44)
18 07 — — 4.50 1.80 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
10 10 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 1530 6.51 48
(2.5 – 6.3) (640 – 2040) (3.33 – 8.67)
13 10 — — 3.41 2.49 — — 5.9 1810 7.70 48
(2.7 – 6.6) (660 – 2220) (3.44 – 9.44)
16 10 — — 3.94 2.36 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
18 10 — — 4.09 2.21 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
13 13 — — 3.15 3.15 — — 6.3 2040 8.67 48
(2.9 – 6.9) (670 – 2400) (3.49 – 10.20)
16 13 — — 3.73 3.07 — — 6.8 2320 9.86 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.59 – 10.93)
18 13 — — 3.91 2.89 — — 6.8 2320 9.86 48
(3.0 – 7.2) (690 – 2570) (3.59 – 10.93)
16 16 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
18 16 — — 3.79 3.41 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
18 18 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2550 10.84 48
(3.2 – 7.5) (700 – 2750) (3.65 – 11.69)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.00 2.00 2.00 — 6.0 2400 10.20 48
(3.8 – 7.5) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
10 07 07 — 2.70 2.00 2.00 — 6.7 2400 10.20 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 07 07 — 3.65 1.97 1.97 — 7.6 2410 10.25 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.44 – 11.65)
16 07 07 — 4.08 1.81 1.81 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
18 07 07 — 4.28 1.71 1.71 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
10 10 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.00 — 7.4 2400 10.20 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 10 07 — 3.39 2.48 1.83 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.44 – 11.65)
16 10 07 — 3.77 2.26 1.67 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
18 10 07 — 3.97 2.14 1.59 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
13 13 07 — 3.03 3.03 1.64 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
16 13 07 — 3.44 2.83 1.53 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
18 13 07 — 3.64 2.70 1.46 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
16 16 07 — 3.19 3.19 1.42 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
18 16 07 — 3.39 3.05 1.36 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
10 10 10 — 2.53 2.53 2.53 — 7.6 2400 10.20 48
(3.8 – 8.2) (950 – 2720) (4.40 – 11.56)
13 10 10 — 3.13 2.28 2.28 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(3.9 – 8.3) (960 – 2740) (4.44 – 11.65)
16 10 10 — 3.50 2.10 2.10 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
18 10 10 — 3.70 2.00 2.00 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
13 13 10 — 2.82 2.82 2.06 — 7.7 2410 10.25 48
(4.0 – 8.5) (960 – 2790) (4.44 – 11.86)
16 13 10 — 3.22 2.65 1.93 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
18 13 10 — 3.42 2.53 1.85 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
18 16 10 — 3.20 2.88 1.73 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
13 13 13 — 2.60 2.60 2.60 — 7.8 2430 10.33 48
(4.1 – 8.6) (970 – 2810) (4.49 – 11.95)
16 16 10 — 3.04 3.04 1.82 — 7.9 2440 10.37 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.49 – 12.03)
16 13 13 — 2.99 2.46 2.46 — 7.9 2440 10.37 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.49 – 12.03)
18 13 13 — 3.19 2.36 2.36 — 7.9 2440 10.37 48
(4.1 – 8.7) (970 – 2830) (4.49 – 12.03)
16 16 13 — 2.80 2.80 2.30 — 7.9 2440 10.37 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.49 – 12.24)
18 16 13 — 2.99 2.69 2.21 — 7.9 2440 10.37 48
(4.2 – 8.9) (970 – 2880) (4.49 – 12.24)
16 16 16 — 2.67 2.67 2.67 — 8.0 2450 10.42 48
(4.3 – 9.0) (980 – 2900) (4.54 – 12.33)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C.

– 18 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Cooling/240V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 4 units 07 07 07 07 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 7.8 2450 10.42 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.31 – 11.90)
10 07 07 07 2.42 1.79 1.79 1.79 7.8 2450 10.42 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.31 – 11.90)
13 07 07 07 3.01 1.63 1.63 1.63 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.35 – 11.99)
16 07 07 07 3.39 1.50 1.50 1.50 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
18 07 07 07 3.59 1.44 1.44 1.44 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
10 10 07 07 2.24 2.24 1.66 1.66 7.8 2450 10.42 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.31 – 11.90)
13 10 07 07 2.81 2.05 1.52 1.52 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.35 – 11.99)
16 10 07 07 3.17 1.90 1.41 1.41 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
18 10 07 07 3.38 1.82 1.35 1.35 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
13 13 07 07 2.56 2.56 1.39 1.39 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
16 13 07 07 2.95 2.43 1.31 1.31 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
18 13 07 07 3.15 2.33 1.26 1.26 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
16 16 07 07 2.77 2.77 1.23 1.23 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
18 16 07 07 2.96 2.67 1.19 1.19 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
10 10 10 07 2.11 2.11 2.11 1.56 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.31 – 11.90)
13 10 10 07 2.63 1.92 1.92 1.42 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.35 – 11.99)
16 10 10 07 2.99 1.79 1.79 1.33 7.9 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
18 10 10 07 3.23 1.74 1.74 1.29 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
13 13 10 07 2.45 2.45 1.79 1.32 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
16 13 10 07 2.79 2.29 1.67 1.24 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
18 13 10 07 2.99 2.21 1.61 1.19 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
16 16 10 07 2.63 2.63 1.58 1.17 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
18 16 10 07 2.82 2.54 1.52 1.13 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
13 13 13 07 2.26 2.26 2.26 1.22 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
16 13 13 07 2.59 2.13 2.13 1.15 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
18 13 13 07 2.78 2.06 2.06 1.11 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
16 16 13 07 2.45 2.45 2.01 1.09 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
10 10 10 10 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.0 – 8.7) (930 – 2800) (4.31 – 11.90)
13 10 10 10 2.48 1.81 1.81 1.81 7.9 2450 10.42 48
(4.1 – 8.8) (940 – 2820) (4.35 – 11.99)
16 10 10 10 2.86 1.71 1.71 1.71 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
18 10 10 10 3.05 1.65 1.65 1.65 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
13 13 10 10 2.31 2.31 1.69 1.69 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.1 – 9.0) (940 – 2860) (4.35 – 12.16)
16 13 10 10 2.65 2.18 1.59 1.59 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.10 1.53 1.53 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
13 13 13 10 2.14 2.14 2.14 1.57 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.1) (950 – 2880) (4.40 – 12.24)
16 13 13 10 2.47 2.03 2.03 1.48 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
13 13 13 13 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)
16 16 10 10 2.50 2.50 1.50 1.50 8.0 2500 10.63 48
(4.2 – 9.2) (950 – 2900) (4.40 – 12.33)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=27/19°C and the outdoor DB/WB=35/–°C

– 19 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Heating/220V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 1 unit 07 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 900 4.17 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1340) (1.87 – 6.22)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1450 6.73 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.87 – 9.18)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 9.51 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.93 – 12.76 )
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 11.13 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.93 – 13.91)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 12.20 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.93 – 14.84 )
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2050 9.51 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
10 07 — — 4.00 2.70 — — 6.7 2080 9.65 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
13 07 — — 4.81 2.59 — — 7.4 2320 10.76 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.94 – 14.89)
16 07 — — 5.10 2.50 — — 7.6 2480 11.50 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
18 07 — — 5.45 2.45 — — 7.9 2480 11.50 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2100 9.74 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.94 – 14.84)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2320 10.76 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.94 – 14.89)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2480 11.50 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2480 11.50 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2480 11.50 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.94 – 14.98)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2700 12.52 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.94 – 15.03)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2700 12.52 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.94 – 15.03)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 13.27 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2860 13.27 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 13.27 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.94 – 15.07)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 10.62 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
10 07 07 — 3.53 2.38 2.38 — 8.3 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 07 07 — 4.13 2.23 2.23 — 8.6 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
16 07 07 — 4.39 2.16 2.16 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
18 07 07 — 4.58 2.06 2.06 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
10 10 07 — 3.18 3.18 2.14 — 8.5 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 10 07 — 3.72 2.97 2.01 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 10 07 — 3.92 2.85 1.93 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
18 10 07 — 4.11 2.74 1.85 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
13 13 07 — 3.43 3.43 1.85 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 13 07 — 3.67 3.33 1.80 — 8.8 2400 11.13 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 13 07 — 3.85 3.21 1.73 — 8.8 2400 11.13 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 16 07 — 3.57 3.57 1.75 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
18 16 07 — 3.76 3.45 1.69 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 10.67 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.16 – 12.76)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 10 10 — 3.54 2.58 2.58 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
18 10 10 — 3.73 2.49 2.49 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
13 13 10 — 3.11 3.11 2.49 — 8.7 2350 10.90 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.16 – 12.80)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2400 11.13 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2400 11.13 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2400 11.13 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.16 – 12.89)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
16 16 13 — 3.06 3.06 2.78 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
18 16 13 — 3.24 2.97 2.70 — 8.9 2450 11.36 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.16 – 12.94)
16 16 16 — 3.00 3.00 3.00 — 9.0 2500 11.60 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (2.16 – 12.99)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 20 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Heating/220V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
220 4 units 07 07 07 07 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 8.8 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.56 – 13.03)
10 07 07 07 2.91 1.96 1.96 1.96 8.8 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.56 – 13.03)
13 07 07 07 3.36 1.81 1.81 1.81 8.8 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
16 07 07 07 3.64 1.79 1.79 1.79 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
18 07 07 07 3.83 1.72 1.72 1.72 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
10 10 07 07 2.63 2.63 1.77 1.77 8.8 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.56 – 13.03)
13 10 07 07 3.09 2.47 1.67 1.67 8.9 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
16 10 07 07 3.32 2.42 1.63 1.63 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
18 10 07 07 3.51 2.34 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
13 13 07 07 2.92 2.92 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.67 – 13.13)
16 13 07 07 3.11 2.83 1.53 1.53 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.73 – 13.22)
18 13 07 07 3.29 2.74 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
16 16 07 07 3.02 3.02 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.84 – 13.22)
18 16 07 07 3.20 2.93 1.44 1.44 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.84 – 13.22)
10 10 10 07 2.39 2.39 2.39 1.62 8.8 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.56 – 13.03)
13 10 10 07 2.83 2.27 2.27 1.53 8.9 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
16 10 10 07 3.06 2.22 2.22 1.50 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
18 10 10 07 3.23 2.16 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
13 13 10 07 2.69 2.69 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.67 – 13.13)
16 13 10 07 2.88 2.62 2.09 1.41 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.73 – 13.22)
18 13 10 07 3.05 2.54 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
16 16 10 07 2.80 2.80 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.84 – 13.22)
18 16 10 07 2.97 2.72 1.98 1.34 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.84 – 13.22)
13 13 13 07 2.54 2.54 2.54 1.37 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.73 – 13.22)
16 13 13 07 2.72 2.47 2.47 1.34 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
18 13 13 07 2.89 2.41 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
16 16 13 07 2.65 2.65 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
10 10 10 10 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 8.9 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.56 – 13.03)
13 10 10 10 2.62 2.09 2.09 2.09 8.9 2100 9.74 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
16 10 10 10 2.83 2.06 2.06 2.06 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
18 10 10 10 3.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.61 – 13.13)
13 13 10 10 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.67 – 13.13)
16 13 10 10 2.68 2.43 1.95 1.95 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.73 – 13.22)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.37 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
13 13 13 10 2.37 2.37 2.37 1.89 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.73 – 13.22)
16 13 13 10 2.54 2.31 2.31 1.85 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
13 13 13 13 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.78 – 13.22)
16 16 10 10 2.61 2.61 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 10.44 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.84 – 13.22)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 21 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Heating/230V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 1 unit 07 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 900 3.99 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1340) (1.79 – 5.94)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1450 6.43 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.79 – 8.78)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 9.09 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.85 – 12.20)
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 10.65 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.85 – 13.31)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 11.67 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.85 – 14.20)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2050 9.09 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
10 07 — — 4.00 2.70 — — 6.7 2080 9.23 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
13 07 — — 4.81 2.59 — — 7.4 2320 10.29 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.86 – 14.24)
16 07 — — 5.10 2.50 — — 7.6 2480 11.00 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
18 07 — — 5.45 2.45 — — 7.9 2480 11.00 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2100 9.32 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.86 – 14.20)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2320 10.29 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.86 – 14.24)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2480 11.00 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2480 11.00 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2480 11.00 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.86 – 14.33)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2700 11.98 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.86 – 14.37)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2700 11.98 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.86 – 14.37)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 12.69 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2860 12.69 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 12.69 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.86 – 14.42)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 10.16 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
10 07 07 — 3.53 2.38 2.38 — 8.3 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 07 07 — 4.13 2.23 2.23 — 8.6 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
16 07 07 — 4.39 2.16 2.16 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
18 07 07 — 4.58 2.06 2.06 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
10 10 07 — 3.18 3.18 2.14 — 8.5 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 10 07 — 3.72 2.97 2.01 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 10 07 — 3.92 2.85 1.93 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
18 10 07 — 4.11 2.74 1.85 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
13 13 07 — 3.43 3.43 1.85 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 13 07 — 3.67 3.33 1.80 — 8.8 2400 10.65 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 13 07 — 3.85 3.21 1.73 — 8.8 2400 10.65 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 16 07 — 3.57 3.57 1.75 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
18 16 07 — 3.76 3.45 1.69 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (2.07 – 12.20)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 10 10 — 3.54 2.58 2.58 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
18 10 10 — 3.73 2.49 2.49 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
13 13 10 — 3.11 3.11 2.49 — 8.7 2350 10.43 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (2.07 – 12.24)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2400 10.65 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2400 10.65 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2400 10.65 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (2.07 – 12.33)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
16 16 13 — 3.06 3.06 2.78 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
18 16 13 — 3.24 2.97 2.70 — 8.9 2450 10.87 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (2.07 – 12.38)
16 16 16 — 3.00 3.00 3.00 — 9.0 2500 11.09 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (2.07 – 12.42)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 22 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Heating/230V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
230 4 units 07 07 07 07 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 8.8 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.45 – 12.47)
10 07 07 07 2.91 1.96 1.96 1.96 8.8 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.45 – 12.47)
13 07 07 07 3.36 1.81 1.81 1.81 8.8 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
16 07 07 07 3.64 1.79 1.79 1.79 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
18 07 07 07 3.83 1.72 1.72 1.72 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
10 10 07 07 2.63 2.63 1.77 1.77 8.8 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.45 – 12.47)
13 10 07 07 3.09 2.47 1.67 1.67 8.9 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
16 10 07 07 3.32 2.42 1.63 1.63 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
18 10 07 07 3.51 2.34 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
13 13 07 07 2.92 2.92 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.55 – 12.56)
16 13 07 07 3.11 2.83 1.53 1.53 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.61 – 12.64)
18 13 07 07 3.29 2.74 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
16 16 07 07 3.02 3.02 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.72 – 12.64)
18 16 07 07 3.20 2.93 1.44 1.44 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.72 – 12.64)
10 10 10 07 2.39 2.39 2.39 1.62 8.8 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.45 – 12.47)
13 10 10 07 2.83 2.27 2.27 1.53 8.9 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
16 10 10 07 3.06 2.22 2.22 1.50 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
18 10 10 07 3.23 2.16 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
13 13 10 07 2.69 2.69 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.55 – 12.56)
16 13 10 07 2.88 2.62 2.09 1.41 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.61 – 12.64)
18 13 10 07 3.05 2.54 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
16 16 10 07 2.80 2.80 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.72 – 12.64)
18 16 10 07 2.97 2.72 1.98 1.34 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.72 – 12.64)
13 13 13 07 2.54 2.54 2.54 1.37 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.61 – 12.64)
16 13 13 07 2.72 2.47 2.47 1.34 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
18 13 13 07 2.89 2.41 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
16 16 13 07 2.65 2.65 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
10 10 10 10 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 8.9 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.45 – 12.47)
13 10 10 10 2.62 2.09 2.09 2.09 8.9 2100 9.32 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
16 10 10 10 2.83 2.06 2.06 2.06 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
18 10 10 10 3.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.50 – 12.56)
13 13 10 10 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.55 – 12.56)
16 13 10 10 2.68 2.43 1.95 1.95 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.61 – 12.64)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.37 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
13 13 13 10 2.37 2.37 2.37 1.89 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.61 – 12.64)
16 13 13 10 2.54 2.31 2.31 1.85 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
13 13 13 13 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.66 – 12.64)
16 16 10 10 2.61 2.61 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 9.98 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.72 – 12.64)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 23 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Heating/240V>
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 1 unit 07 — — — 2.7 — — — 2.7 900 3.83 48
(0.8 – 3.7) (300 – 1340) (1.71 – 5.70)
10 — — — 4.0 — — — 4.0 1450 6.16 48
(0.8 – 5.2) (300 – 1980) (1.71 – 8.42)
13 — — — 5.0 — — — 5.0 2050 8.72 48
(0.8 – 6.5) (310 – 2750) (1.77 – 11.69)
16 — — — 5.5 — — — 5.5 2400 10.20 48
(0.8 – 6.9) (310 – 3000) (1.77 – 12.76)
18 — — — 6.0 — — — 6.0 2630 11.18 48
(0.8 – 7.1) (310 – 3200) (1.77 – 13.61)
2 units 07 07 — — 2.70 2.70 — — 5.4 2050 8.72 48
(1.5 – 7.4) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
10 07 — — 4.00 2.70 — — 6.7 2080 8.84 48
(1.5 – 8.9) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
13 07 — — 4.81 2.59 — — 7.4 2320 9.86 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.78 – 13.65)
16 07 — — 5.10 2.50 — — 7.6 2480 10.54 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
18 07 — — 5.45 2.45 — — 7.9 2480 10.54 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
10 10 — — 3.60 3.60 — — 7.2 2100 8.93 48
(1.5 – 10.0) (320 – 3200) (1.78 – 13.61)
13 10 — — 4.22 3.38 — — 7.6 2320 9.86 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3210) (1.78 – 13.65)
16 10 — — 4.57 3.33 — — 7.9 2480 10.54 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
18 10 — — 4.74 3.16 — — 7.9 2480 10.54 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
13 13 — — 3.95 3.95 — — 7.9 2480 10.54 48
(1.5 – 10.1) (320 – 3230) (1.78 – 13.73)
16 13 — — 4.35 3.95 — — 8.3 2700 11.48 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.78 – 13.78)
18 13 — — 4.53 3.77 — — 8.3 2700 11.48 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3240) (1.78 – 13.78)
16 16 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 12.16 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
18 16 — — 4.49 4.11 — — 8.6 2860 12.16 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
18 18 — — 4.30 4.30 — — 8.6 2860 12.16 48
(1.5 – 10.2) (320 – 3250) (1.78 – 13.82)
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.70 2.70 2.70 — 8.1 2290 9.74 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
10 07 07 — 3.53 2.38 2.38 — 8.3 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 07 07 — 4.13 2.23 2.23 — 8.6 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
16 07 07 — 4.39 2.16 2.16 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
18 07 07 — 4.58 2.06 2.06 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
10 10 07 — 3.18 3.18 2.14 — 8.5 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 10 07 — 3.72 2.97 2.01 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 10 07 — 3.92 2.85 1.93 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
18 10 07 — 4.11 2.74 1.85 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
13 13 07 — 3.43 3.43 1.85 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 13 07 — 3.67 3.33 1.80 — 8.8 2400 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 13 07 — 3.85 3.21 1.73 — 8.8 2400 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 16 07 — 3.57 3.57 1.75 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
18 16 07 — 3.76 3.45 1.69 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
10 10 10 — 2.87 2.87 2.87 — 8.6 2300 9.78 48
(2.0 – 10.4) (380 – 2750) (1.98 – 11.69)
13 10 10 — 3.35 2.68 2.68 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 10 10 — 3.54 2.58 2.58 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
18 10 10 — 3.73 2.49 2.49 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73 )
13 13 10 — 3.11 3.11 2.49 — 8.7 2350 9.99 48
(2.0 – 10.5) (380 – 2760) (1.98 – 11.73)
16 13 10 — 3.34 3.03 2.43 — 8.8 2400 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 13 10 — 3.52 2.93 2.35 — 8.8 2400 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
18 16 10 — 3.45 3.16 2.30 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
13 13 13 — 2.93 2.93 2.93 — 8.8 2400 10.20 48
(2.0 – 10.6) (380 – 2780) (1.98 – 11.82)
16 16 10 — 3.26 3.26 2.37 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
16 13 13 — 3.16 2.87 2.87 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
18 13 13 — 3.34 2.78 2.78 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
16 16 13 — 3.06 3.06 2.78 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
18 16 13 — 3.24 2.97 2.70 — 8.9 2450 10.42 48
(2.0 – 10.7) (380 – 2790) (1.98 – 11.86)
16 16 16 — 3.00 3.00 3.00 — 9.0 2500 10.63 48
(2.0 – 10.8) (380 – 2800) (1.98 – 11.90)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 24 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Heating/240V> (Continued)
Power supply Operating Indoor unit Unit Capacity Cooling capacity Power consumption Operating current Outdoor noise
(V) status A B C D A B C D (kW) (W) (A) (dB)
240 4 units 07 07 07 07 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 8.8 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.34 – 11.95)
10 07 07 07 2.91 1.96 1.96 1.96 8.8 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.34 – 11.95)
13 07 07 07 3.36 1.81 1.81 1.81 8.8 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
16 07 07 07 3.64 1.79 1.79 1.79 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
18 07 07 07 3.83 1.72 1.72 1.72 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
10 10 07 07 2.63 2.63 1.77 1.77 8.8 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.34 – 11.95)
13 10 07 07 3.09 2.47 1.67 1.67 8.9 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
16 10 07 07 3.32 2.42 1.63 1.63 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
18 10 07 07 3.51 2.34 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
13 13 07 07 2.92 2.92 1.58 1.58 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.45 – 12.03)
16 13 07 07 3.11 2.83 1.53 1.53 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.50 – 12.12)
18 13 07 07 3.29 2.74 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
16 16 07 07 3.02 3.02 1.48 1.48 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.60 – 12.12)
18 16 07 07 3.20 2.93 1.44 1.44 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.60 – 12.12)
10 10 10 07 2.39 2.39 2.39 1.62 8.8 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.34 – 11.95)
13 10 10 07 2.83 2.27 2.27 1.53 8.9 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
16 10 10 07 3.06 2.22 2.22 1.50 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
18 10 10 07 3.23 2.16 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
13 13 10 07 2.69 2.69 2.16 1.46 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.45 – 12.03)
16 13 10 07 2.88 2.62 2.09 1.41 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.50 – 12.12)
18 13 10 07 3.05 2.54 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
16 16 10 07 2.80 2.80 2.03 1.37 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.60 – 12.12)
18 16 10 07 2.97 2.72 1.98 1.34 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.60 – 12.12)
13 13 13 07 2.54 2.54 2.54 1.37 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.50 – 12.12)
16 13 13 07 2.72 2.47 2.47 1.34 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
18 13 13 07 2.89 2.41 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
16 16 13 07 2.65 2.65 2.41 1.30 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
10 10 10 10 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 8.9 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.8) (450 – 2810) (2.34 – 11.95)
13 10 10 10 2.62 2.09 2.09 2.09 8.9 2100 8.93 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
16 10 10 10 2.83 2.06 2.06 2.06 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
18 10 10 10 3.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (460 – 2830) (2.40 – 12.03)
13 13 10 10 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.00 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 10.9) (470 – 2830) (2.45 – 12.03)
16 13 10 10 2.68 2.43 1.95 1.95 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.50 – 12.12)
18 13 10 10 2.84 2.37 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
13 13 13 10 2.37 2.37 2.37 1.89 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (480 – 2850) (2.50 – 12.12)
16 13 13 10 2.54 2.31 2.31 1.85 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
13 13 13 13 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (490 – 2850) (2.55 – 12.12)
16 16 10 10 2.61 2.61 1.89 1.89 9.0 2250 9.57 48
(2.2 – 11.0) (500 – 2850) (2.60 – 12.12)

• The above specification values are those under the conditions that the indoor DB/WB=20/–°C and the outdoor DB/WB=7/6°C.

– 25 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 2-2-1. Operation Characteristic Curve
<Cooling> <Heating>

16 14
• Conditions • Conditions 220V
14 Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C 12 Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C 220V Outdoor : DB7˚C / WB6˚C
12 Air flow : High Air flow : High
Pipe length : 5m x 4 10 Pipe length: 5m x 4
10 4 units operating 4 units operating
Current (A)

Current (A)
240V 8 240V
8
230V 6
6 230V
4
4

2 2

0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Inverter output frequency (rps) Inverter output frequency (rps)

2-2-2. Capacity Variation Ratio According to Outdoor Temperature

<Cooling> <Heating>

110 110
• Conditions
100 Current limited start 100 Indoor : DB20˚C
Heating capacity ratio (%)
Cooling capacity ratio (%)

Air flow : High

Pipe length : 5m x 4
90 90 4 units operating

80 80

70 • Conditions 70
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C
Indoor air flow : High
60 Pipe length : 5m x 4 60
4 units operating
50 50
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Outdoor temp. (˚C) Outdoor temp. (˚C)

2-2-3. Capacity Variation Ratio According to Pipe Length

<Cooling> <Heating>

110 110

105 105
Coolimg capacity ratio (%)

Heating capacity ratio (%)

Standard pipe length 20m Standard pipe length 20m

100 100

95 95

90 • Conditions 90 • Conditions
Indoor : DB27˚C/WB19˚C Indoor : DB20˚C
Outdoor : DB35˚C Outdoor : DB7˚C/WB6˚C
85 Indoor air flow : High 85 Indoor air flow : High
4 units operating 4 units operating
80 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Total pipe length (m) Total pipe length (m)

– 26 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 3. REFRIGERANT R410A
This air conditioner adopts the new refrigerant HFC 6. When an air conditioning system charged with a
(R410A) which does not damage the ozone layer. large volume of refrigerant is installed in a small
The working pressure of the new refrigerant R410A room, it is necessary to exercise care so that,
is 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant even when refrigerant leaks, its concentration
(R22). The refrigerating oil is also changed in does not exceed the marginal level.
accordance with change of refrigerant, so be careful If the refrigerant gas leakage occurs and its
that water, dust, and existing refrigerant or refriger- concentration exceeds the marginal level, an
ating oil are not entered in the refrigerant cycle of oxygen starvation accident may result.
the air conditioner using the new refrigerant during 7. Be sure to carry out installation or removal
installation work or servicing time. according to the installation manual.
The next section describes the precautions for air Improper installation may cause refrigeration
conditioner using the new refrigerant. Conforming trouble, water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.
to contents of the next section together with the
8. Unauthorized modifications to the air conditioner
general cautions included in this manual, perform
may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs
the correct and safe work.
please call a qualified air conditioner technician
or electrician.
3-1. Safety During Installation/Servicing Improper repair may result in water leakage,
As R410A’s pressure is about 1.6 times higher than electric shock and fire, etc.
that of R22, improper installation/servicing may
cause a serious trouble. By using tools and materi- 3-2. Refrigerant Piping Installation
als exclusive for R410A, it is necessary to carry out
installation/servicing safely while taking the follow- 3-2-1. Piping Materials and Joints Used
ing precautions into consideration. For the refrigerant piping installation, copper pipes
1. Never use refrigerant other than R410A in an air and joints are mainly used. Copper pipes and joints
conditioner which is designed to operate with suitable for the refrigerant must be chosen and
R410A. installed. Furthermore, it is necessary to use clean
If other refrigerant than R410A is mixed, pres- copper pipes and joints whose interior surfaces are
sure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnor- less affected by contaminants.
mally high, and it may cause personal injury, etc. 1. Copper Pipes
by a rupture.
It is necessary to use seamless copper pipes
2. Confirm the used refrigerant name, and use which are made of either copper or copper alloy
tools and materials exclusive for the refrigerant and it is desirable that the amount of residual oil
R410A. is less than 40 mg/10 m. Do not use copper
The refrigerant name R410A is indicated on the pipes having a collapsed, deformed or discol-
visible place of the outdoor unit of the air condi- ored portion (especially on the interior surface).
tioner using R410A as refrigerant. To prevent Otherwise, the expansion valve or capillary tube
mischarging, the diameter of the service port may become blocked with contaminants.
differs from that of R22.
As an air conditioner using R410A incurs pres-
3. If a refrigeration gas leakage occurs during sure higher than when using R22, it is necessary
installation/servicing, be sure to ventilate fully. to choose adequate materials.
If the refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire, Thicknesses of copper pipes used with R410A
a poisonous gas may occur. are as shown in Table 3-2-1. Never use copper
4. When installing or removing an air conditioner, pipes thinner than 0.8 mm even when it is
do not allow air or moisture to remain in the available on the market.
refrigeration cycle. Otherwise, pressure in the
refrigeration cycle may become abnormally high
so that a rupture or personal injury may be
caused.
5. After completion of installation work, check to
make sure that there is no refrigeration gas
leakage.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the room, coming
into contact with fire in the fan-driven heater,
space heater, etc., a poisonous gas may occur.

– 27 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Table 3-2-1 Thicknesses of annealed copper pipes

Thickness (mm)

Nominal diameter Outer diameter (mm) R410A R22

1/4 6.35 0.80 0.80

3/8 9.52 0.80 0.80

1/2 12.70 0.80 0.80

5/8 15.88 1.00 1.00

2. Joints
For copper pipes, flare joints or socket joints are used. Prior to use, be sure to remove all contaminants.
a) Flare Joints
Flare joints used to connect the copper pipes cannot be used for pipings whose outer diameter exceeds
20 mm. In such a case, socket joints can be used.
Sizes of flare pipe ends, flare joint ends and flare nuts are as shown in Tables 3-2-3 to 3-2-6 below.
b) Socket Joints
Socket joints are such that they are brazed for connections, and used mainly for thick pipings whose
diameter is larger than 20 mm.
Thicknesses of socket joints are as shown in Table 3-2-2.

Table 3-2-2 Minimum thicknesses of socket joints

Reference outer diameter of Minimum joint thickness

Nominal diameter
copper pipe jointed (mm) (mm)

1/4 6.35 0.50

3/8 9.52 0.60

1/2 12.70 0.70

5/8 15.88 0.80

3-2-2. Processing of Piping Materials

When performing the refrigerant piping installation, care should be taken to ensure that water or dust does not
enter the pipe interior, that no other oil than lubricating oils used in the installed air-water heat pump is used,
and that refrigerant does not leak.
When using lubricating oils in the piping processing, use such lubricating oils whose water content has been
removed. When stored, be sure to seal the container with an airtight cap or any other cover.
1. Flare processing procedures and precautions
a) Cutting the Pipe
By means of a pipe cutter, slowly cut the pipe so that it is not deformed.
b) Removing Burrs and Chips
If the flared section has chips or burrs, refrigerant leakage may occur.
Carefully remove all burrs and clean the cut surface before installation.
c) Insertion of Flare Nut

– 28 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 d) Flare Processing
Make certain that a clamp bar and copper
pipe have been cleaned.
ØD
By means of the clamp bar, perform the flare A
processing correctly.
Use either a flare tool for R410A or conven-
tional flare tool.
Flare processing dimensions differ according
to the type of flare tool.
When using a conventional flare tool, be sure
to secure “dimension A” by using a gauge for Fig. 3-2-1 Flare processing dimensions
size adjustment.

Table 3-2-3 Dimensions related to flare processing for R410A

A (mm)
Nominal Outer Thickness
diameter Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm) (mm)
clutch type Clutch type Wing nut type

1/4 6.35 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0

3/8 9.52 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0

1/2 12.70 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5

5/8 15.88 1.0 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5

Table 3-2-4 Dimensions related to flare processing for R22

A (mm)
Nominal Outer Thickness
diameter Flare tool for R22 Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm) (mm)
clutch type Clutch type Wing nut type

1/4 6.35 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.5

3/8 9.52 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.5

1/2 12.70 0.8 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0

5/8 15.88 1.0 0 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0

Table 3-2-5 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R410A

Nominal Outer diameter Thickness Dimension (mm) Flare nut width

diameter (mm) (mm) A B C D (mm)

1/4 6.35 0.8 9.1 9.2 6.5 13 17

3/8 9.52 0.8 13.2 13.5 9.7 20 22

1/2 12.70 0.8 16.6 16.0 12.9 23 26

5/8 15.88 1.0 19.7 19.0 16.0 25 29

– 29 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Table 3-2-6 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R22

Nominal Outer diameter Thickness Dimension (mm) Flare nut width

diameter (mm) (mm) A B C D (mm)

1/4 6.35 0.8 9.0 9.2 6.5 13 17

3/8 9.52 0.8 13.0 13.5 9.7 20 22

1/2 12.70 0.8 16.2 16.0 12.9 20 24

5/8 15.88 1.0 19.7 19.0 16.0 23 27

3/4 19.05 1.0 23.3 24.0 19.2 34 36

6˚
to 4
45˚

B A C D

43˚
to 4
5˚

Fig. 3-2-2 Relations between flare nut and flare seal surface

2. Flare Connecting Procedures and Precautions

a) Make sure that the flare and union portions do not have any scar or dust, etc.
b) Correctly align the processed flare surface with the union axis.
c) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench.
The tightening torque for R410A is the same as that for conventional R22.
Incidentally, when the torque is weak, the gas leakage may occur.
When it is strong, the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable.
When choosing the tightening torque, comply with values designated by manufacturers. Table 3-2-7
shows reference values.
NOTE :
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the manufacturer.
If any other oil is used, the lubricating oils may deteriorate and cause the compressor to burn out.

Table 3-2-7 Tightening torque of flare for R410A [Reference values]

Tightening torque of torque

Nominal Outer diameter Tightening torque
wrenches available on the market
diameter (mm) N•m (kgf•cm)
N•m (kgf•cm)

1/4 6.35 14 to 18 (140 to 180) 16 (160), 18 (180)

3/8 9.52 33 to 42 (330 to 420) 42 (420)

1/2 12.70 50 to 62 (500 to 620) 55 (550)

5/8 15.88 63 to 77 (630 to 770) 65 (650)

– 30 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 3-3. Tools
3-3-1. Required Tools
The service port diameter of packed valve of the outdoor unit in the air-water heat pump using R410A is
changed to prevent mixing of other refrigerant.
To reinforce the pressure-resisting strength, flare processing dimensions and opposite side dimension of flare
nut (For Ø12.7 copper pipe) of the refrigerant piping are lengthened.
The used refrigerating oil is changed, and mixing of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge,
clogging of capillary, etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.
1. Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))
2. Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)
3. Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.

Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability

R410A Conventional air-water

air-water heat pump installation heat pump installation
No. Used tool Usage Existence of Whether conventional Whether new equipment
new equipment equipment can be can be used with
for R410A used conventional refrigerant

1 Flare tool Pipe flaring Yes ∗ (Note 1) Yes

2 Copper pipe gauge for Flaring by Yes ∗ (Note 1) ∗ (Note 1)

adjusting projection margin conventional flare tool

3 Torque wrench Connection of flare nut Yes No No

(For Ø12.7)

4 Gauge manifold Evacuating, refrigerant

Yes No No
5 Charge hose charge, run check, etc.

6 Vacuum pump adapter Vacuum evacuating Yes No Yes

7 Electronic balance for Refrigerant charge Yes No Yes

refrigerant charging

8 Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant charge Yes No No

9 Leakage detector Gas leakage check Yes No Yes

10 Charging cylinder Refrigerant charge (Note 2) No No

(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection
margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.

General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)

In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are neces-
sary as the general tools.
1. Vacuum pump 4. Reamer 9. Hole core drill (Ø65)
Use vacuum pump by attaching 5. Pipe bender 10. Hexagon wrench
vacuum pump adapter. (Opposite side 4mm)
6. Level vial
2. Torque wrench (For Ø6.35, Ø9.52) 11. Tape measure
7. Screwdriver (+, –)
3. Pipe cutter 12. Metal saw
8. Spanner or Monkey wrench

Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.
1. Clamp meter 3. Insulation resistance tester
2. Thermometer 4. Electroscope

– 31 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 3-4. Recharging of Refrigerant
When it is necessary to recharge refrigerant, charge the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the
following steps.

Recover the refrigerant, and check no refrigerant

remains in the equipment.
When the compound gauge’s pointer has indicated
–0.1 Mpa (–76 cmHg), place the handle Low in the
fully closed position, and turn off the vacuum pump’s
Connect the charge hose to packed valve service power switch.
port at the outdoor unit’s gas side.

Keep the status as it is for 1 to 2 minutes, and ensure

Connect the charge hose to the vacuum pump that the compound gauge’s pointer does not return.
adapter.

Set the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,

Open fully both packed valves at liquid and gas connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
sides. connecting port of the electronic balance, and charge
liquid refrigerant.

(For refrigerant charging, see the figure below.)

Place the handle of the gauge manifold Low in the
fully opened position, and turn on the vacuum pump’s
power switch. Then, evacuating the refrigerant in the
cycle.

CAUTION
1. Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.
2. If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge refrigerant bit by bit in COOL mode.
3. Do not carry out additional charging.
When additional charging is carried out if refrigerant leaks, the refrigerant composition changes in the
refrigeration cycle, that is characteristics of the air conditioner changes, refrigerant exceeding the specified
amount is charged, and working pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high pressure, and
may cause a rupture or personal injury.

(Water heat
(Outdoor unit)
exchanger unit)

Opened

Refrigerant cylinder
(with siphon)

Check valve
Opened

Opened
Open/close Closed
valve for charging

Service port
Electronic balance for refrigerant charging

Fig. 3-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging

– 32 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 1. Be sure to make setting so that liquid can be charged.
2. When using a cylinder equipped with a siphon, liquid can be charged without turning it upside down.

It is necessary for charging refrigerant under condition of liquid because R410A is mixed type of refrigerant.
Accordingly, when charging refrigerant from the refrigerant cylinder to the equipment, charge it turning the
cylinder upside down if cylinder is not equipped with siphon.

[ Cylinder with siphon ] [ Cylinder without siphon ]

Gauge manifold Gauge manifold
OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit

cylinder
Refrigerant
Refrigerant
cylinder

Electronic Electronic
balance balance

Siphon

R410A refrigerant is HFC mixed refrigerant.

Therefore, if it is charged with gas, the composition
of the charged refrigerant changes and the
characteristics of the equipment varies.

Fig. 3-4-2

3-5. Brazing of Pipes

1. Phosphor bronze brazing filler tends to react with
3-5-1. Materials for Brazing sulfur and produce a fragile compound water
solution, which may cause a gas leakage.
1. Silver brazing filler
Therefore, use any other type of brazing filler at
Silver brazing filler is an alloy mainly composed a hot spring resort, etc., and coat the surface
of silver and copper. with a paint.
It is used to join iron, copper or copper alloy, and 2. When performing brazing again at time of
is relatively expensive though it excels in servicing, use the same type of brazing filler.
solderability.
2. Phosphor bronze brazing filler
Phosphor bronze brazing filler is generally used 3-5-2. Flux
to join copper or copper alloy. 1. Reason why flux is necessary
3. Low temperature brazing filler • By removing the oxide film and any foreign
Low temperature brazing filler is generally called matter on the metal surface, it assists the flow
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead. of brazing filler.
Since it is weak in adhesive strength, do not use • In the brazing process, it prevents the metal
it for refrigerant pipes. surface from being oxidized.
• By reducing the brazing filler’s surface tension,
the brazing filler adheres better to the treated
metal.

– 33 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 2. Characteristics required for flux 3-5-3. Brazing
• Activated temperature of flux coincides with As brazing work requires sophisticated techniques,
the brazing temperature. experiences based upon a theoretical knowledge, it
• Due to a wide effective temperature range, flux must be performed by a person qualified.
is hard to carbonize. In order to prevent the oxide film from occurring in
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing. the pipe interior during brazing, it is effective to
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and proceed with brazing while letting dry Nitrogen gas
brazing filler is minimum. (N2) flow.
• It excels in coating performance and is harm-
less to the human body. Never use gas other than Nitrogen gas.
As the flux works in a complicated manner as
described above, it is necessary to select an
adequate type of flux according to the type and 1. Brazing method to prevent oxidation
shape of treated metal, type of brazing filler and
1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow-meter to
brazing method, etc.
the Nitrogen gas cylinder.
3. Types of flux 2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping mate-
• Noncorrosive flux rial, and attach a flow-meter to the cylinder.
Generally, it is a compound of borax and boric 3) Apply a seal onto the clearance between the
acid. piping material and inserted copper pipe for
It is effective in case where the brazing tem- Nitrogen in order to prevent backflow of the
perature is higher than 800°C. Nitrogen gas.
4) When the Nitrogen gas is flowing, be sure to
• Activated flux keep the piping end open.
Most of fluxes generally used for silver brazing 5) Adjust the flow rate of Nitrogen gas so that it
are this type. is lower than 0.05 m3/Hr or 0.02 MPa
It features an increased oxide film removing (0.2kgf/cm2) by means of the reducing valve.
capability due to the addition of compounds
such as potassium fluoride, potassium chloride 6) After performing the steps above, keep the
and sodium fluoride to the borax-boric acid Nitrogen gas flowing until the pipe cools down
compound. to a certain extent (temperature at which
pipes are touchable with hands).
4. Piping materials for brazing and used 7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.
brazing filler/flux

Piping material Used brazing filler Used flux

Copper - Copper Phosphor copper Do not use

Copper - Iron Silver Paste flux

M Flow meter
Iron - Iron Silver Vapor flux

Stop valve

1. Do not enter flux into the refrigeration cycle. Nitrogen gas

2. When chlorine contained in the flux remains cylinder
within the pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates. From Nitrogen cylinder
Therefore, use a flux which does not contain
chlorine.
3. When adding water to the flux, use water which Pipe
Nitrogen
does not contain chlorine gas
(e.g. distilled water or ion-exchange water).
Rubber plug
4. Remove the flux after brazing.

Fig. 3-5-1 Prevention of oxidation during brazing

– 34 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 4. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS

4-1. Indoor Unit

RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND

296.2 (At the time of operation)

9
790

Moving panel
Plasma ion charger
Front panel 242 (At the time of a stop)
790

295
62
77

77
Piping port from Air filter Piping port from

8
62 left/right sides
8

left/right sides
Guard wire (Knockout system)
(Knockout system)

From wall to air outlet length

100
64
62

34 4.5
dia.4.2

18 77 Name Plate 77 37

125.5
74.5
Refrigerant pipe
Installation plate connecting port Liquid side
hanging section Flare dia. 6.35
Outside length 0.4m
Remote controller holder
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port Gas side
Flare dia. 9.52 58 19
(16,18PKVP-E (-ND) :dia. 12.7)
Outside length 0.35m
163

Drain hose VP16

Installation plate 312 Outside length 0.54mm Wireless remote controller
hanging section

100 590 100

Stud bolt hole
450
For dia.8 to 10 312 Stud bolt hole
For dia.8 to dia.10
Recommend

Hanging
70 or more
55 or more

section
diameter

diameter

Heat insulation
dia.16
12

Minimum
dia.14

Outer
Inner
46

distance to
ceiling
45.5(dia.65)
53(dia.80)

dia.28

Minimum Minimum
distance to distance to
wall wall
130 or more 130 or more
Recommend Recommend
180 or more 180 or more 19 (Drain hose detail)

80 Lower part Lower part

di

a.
dia.65

dia.80

53(dia.80)
a.

di
hanging section hanging section
45.5(dia.65)
65

Center line
of main unit
Center line of Shape line
installation plate installation plate
330 330
790

– 35 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 4-2. Outdoor Unit
RAS-3M26GAV-E1, RAS-4M27GAV-E1

Detailed A leg part

2-dia.12 × 17 U-shape hole 150 600 150 50

20
(for dia.8-10 anchor bolt) 12 4
A leg part R1

17.5

365
Outside line

R6
of product

long hole pitch

600
Anchor bolt
365

Detailed B leg part

600 Outside line
R6 of product

365

17
17.5

B leg part
20 12
R
2-dia.12 × 17 long hole
50
(for dia.8-10 anchor bolt)

320 25 900 164

Fan guard 136 dia.510 91

Hanger
Gas valve
Liquid port Service port

38

53
795

90 53 53 53 53 53 53
514
410
25

95
400
Screw
Knock out Knock out

Tightly seal the knock-out holes and screw/

2-dia.3.5 hole thread areas using a silicon adhesive,etc.
to ensure that there is no water drippage.
Under some conditions, condensation may
form on the base plate and arain,use the drain pan.
40

Knock out
262
Drain long hole Drain hole 431
dia.20 × 88 long hole dia.25
5-dia.3.5 hole

Outdoor Mounting dimensions of anchor bolt

air temperature sensor Fin guard
2-dia.12 × 17 U-shape hole
(for dia.8-10 anchor bolt) 600
D Intake
Hanger 100 or more
600 or more
Intake A
4 Units Multi Model Only
365

100 or more
Connecting pipe port dia.6.35 Outside line Minimum
D Unit C of product distance
Connecting pipe port dia 9.52 from wall
Connecting pipe port dia.6.35 B
C Unit 600 or more
Connecting pipe port dia 9.52
Outlet
Connecting pipe port dia.6.35 2-dia.12 × 17 long hole
B Unit (for dia.8-10 anchor bolt)
Connecting pipe port dia 9.52
Connecting pipe port dia.6.35
A Unit When installing the outdoor unit,
Connecting pipe port dia 12.7
leave open in at least two of
directions (A), (B), (C) and (D)
as shown in the figure above.
Z view

– 36 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 5. WIRING DIAGRAM

5-1. Indoor Unit

RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND

Air purifier
electrode

Indoor terminal block 3 2 1

Power supply
Sheet metal Micro SW
RED

1
WHI
BLK

GRN&YEL
BLK BLU BRW

BRW
RED
1 2 1
CN501 CN03 CN01 1 2 1
BLK CN21 CN401
(WHI) (RED) CN382
BLK
24
(TC) DC5V 23
Power supply 22
DC12V circuit
BLK DC29V 2
21
1 CN603
BLK (YEL) RED
T3.15A 19
9
250VAC 18
8 18
8
(TCj) Fuse F01 RED
17
7
16 16
BLK WHI
CN601 15
BLK (WHI) R01 14 14
Thermo sensor 13 Louver motor left
Varistor Line 12 12 YEL
(TA) filter 11 YEL
BLK 10 10
CN604 9 9
BLK (RED) YEL
8 8 WHI
Humidity sensor 1 1
7 7
Main P.C. Board 6 6
WHI
MCC-5068A 5 5 5 5
WHI
4 4
1 3 3
WHI
2 2 2
CN212
3 1 1
4 CN301
(WHI)
1 2 3 4 6 CN261 10
0 5 4 3 2 1 1
(WHI) 10
0 5 4 3 2 1 1
RED
BLU

BLU

BLU

WHI
YEL

1 CN221 10
0
1 2 (WHI) 10
0 5 3 2 1

MCC-5068B
DC motor

Moving panel Fan motor

– 37 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 5-2. Outdoor Unit
RAS-3M26GAV-E1, RAS-4M27GAV-E1

Thermostat for RED

compressor 2 2 2 2
CN802
1 1 1 1
ORN P501 +
2 2
ORN 1 1 P500 Compressor T03 CT BU
RED CN20
EU
4-way valve coil WHI CN21 BV
CM EV IGBT
3 3 3 BLK CN22 T04 CT BW module
CN705 EW
1 1 1 TGd BX
CN608 2 2 BLU Power supply circuit BY
1 1 1 BZ
Fan motor
5 5 * (For P.C. Board) –
4 4 3 3 Q200
F04, Fuse
FM 3 3 CN301 CN607 GRN TGc T3.15A P20
2 2 1 1 250V~
1 1 SUB P.C. Board P19 YEL
(MCC-818) P18
3 3
3 3 TGb P17 BLU
CN606 BRW
2 2 CN300 1 1
1 1 G IGBT
3 3 C13 C (PFC)
CN605 YEL TGa
E
1 1 C12 Q404
6 6 1
5 5 * 2 2 TE C11
PMV 4 4 CN704 CN604 BLU
1 1 + Diode
D 3 3 BLU
2 2 C10 ~ block
2 2 TS
1 1 CN603
1 1 BLK ~ (PFC)
–
DB02
3 3 F02
6 6 CN602 TD Fuse
5 5 1 1 T25A
PMV 4 4 CN703 250V~
TO Power relay
C 3 3 RED 2 2
Fan CN601 P29
2 2
circuit
1 1
P21
+
1 1 BLU RY02 P24
~ Diode
3 3 3 3
P28
~ block
CN302 YEL CN04 –
6 6 1 1 1 1 RB05
5 5 F300, Fuse BLK
PMV 4 4 CN702 T3.15A, 250V~ 5 5
WHI
5 5
B 3 3 WHI 4 4 4 4
BLU
2 2 CN800 3 3 3 3 CN06 P.C. Board Reactor
RED
1 1 2 2 2 2 P13
1 1 PNK 1 1 (MCC-1438) 2 2
1 1
PUR P12
6 6 CN303 2 2 2 2 Reactor
5 5 1 1 ORN 1 1 CN05
T02 CT P09
PMV 4 4 CN701 2 2
A 3 3 YEL Photo coupler 5 5 1 1
2 2 P08
WHI
1 1 3 3 3 3
CN501 CN13
RED
1 1 1 1
Some products
( do not have
PMV wire No.5
) F500
Fuse
T6.3A, 250V~
F01, Fuse Varistor
T25A Surge
1 250V~ absorber
*
P07 P03 P04 P05 P06 CN01 CN02 CN03
WHI RED PNK YEL BLK WHI Varistor BLK
Reactor
ORN
WHI Capacitor
Surge
BLK absorber
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Terminal block L N
To To To To Power supply
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit D 220–240V ~50Hz
unit A unit B unit C 220–220V ~60Hz

1 : 4 Units Multi model only

Color Identification *
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
BLK : BLACK WHI : WHITE BLU : BLUE LED : Light Emitting Diode
BRW : BROWN RED : RED ORN : ORANGE PMV : Pulse Motor Valve
GRY : GRAY YEL : YELLOW PNK : PINK TD : Discharge Temp. sensor
PUR : PURPLE GRN : GREEN TGa to TGd : Temp. sensor at A to D unit gas side
TO : Outdoor Temp. sensor

– 38 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 6. SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
6-1. Indoor Unit
RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND
No. Parts name Type Specifications
E: ICF-340-30-4
1 Fan motor (for indoor unit) DC280–340V, 30W
ND: ICF-340-30-4A
2 Room temp. sensor (TA-sensor) (–) 10kΩ at 25°C
3 Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TC-sensor) (–) 10kΩ at 25°C
4 Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TCj-sensor) (–) 10kΩ at 25°C
5 Humidity sensor C7-M3R-TC2 31kΩ, 60% RH
6 Louver motor (Right, Left, Horizontal) MP24Z3N Output (Rated) 1W, 16 poles, DC12V
7 Louver motor (Moving panel) MP24Z4N Output (Rated) 1W, 16 poles, DC12V

6-2. Outdoor Unit

RAS-3M26GAV-E1, RAS-4M27GAV-E1
No. Parts name Model name Rating
SC coil (Noise filter) (L03) ADR25H200RBTB AC 250V, 20A, 0.88mH
1
SC coil (Noise filter) (L01, L02) SC-20-03J AC 250V, 20A, 0.3mH
Primary side DC 240 – 390V
2 DC-DC transformer SWT-75 Secondary side : 7V × 1, 13V × 1
16V × 3
3 Outside fan motor ICF-140-63-2R DC 140V, 63W
Coil : DC 12V
4 Relay (4-way valve) G5NB-1A
Contact : 3A, AC250V
Coil : DC 12V
5 Relay (Power relay) G4A-1A-PE
Contact : 20A, AC250V
Discharge temp. sensor
6 (Inverter attached) 64kΩ (20°C)
(TD-sensor)
Outside air temp. sensor
7 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
(TO-sensor)
Temp. sensor at A room
8 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
gas side (TGA-sensor)
Temp. sensor at B room
9 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
gas side (TGB-sensor)
Temp. sensor at C room
10 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
gas side (TGC-sensor)
Temp. Sensor at D room
∗1 11 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
gas side (TGD-sensor)
Evaporator temp. sensor
12 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
(TE-sensor)
Suction temp. sensor
13 (Inverter attached) 10kΩ (25°C)
(TS-sensor)
14 Terminal block (6P) — AC 250V, 20A
15 Terminal block (3P) — AC 250V, 20A
For protection of switching power source (F04) AC 250V, 3.15A
For protection of power factor converter circuit
AC 250V, 25A
breakage
16 Fuse
For protection of inverter input overcurrent AC 250V, 25A
For protection of switching power source (F300) AC 250V, 3.15A
For protection of power source AC 250V, 6.3A
17 Electrolytic capacitor LLQ2G761KHUATF DC 400V, 760µF
18 Transistor module 6MBI40SS-060-51A 600V, 40A
19 Compressor DA220A2F-20L 3 phases, 4 poles, 2000W
20 Compressor thermo. US622KXTMQO OFF : 125 ± 4°C, ON : 90 ± 5°C
21 Diode block (Rectifire) S30VT80 AC 800V, 30A
22 Reactor (Main) CH-47-Z-T L = 8mH, 16A
23 Reactor (Sub) CH-43-Z-T L = 10mH, 1A

NOTE) ∗1 : 4 unit multi model only.

– 39 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 7. REFRIGERANT CYCLE DIAGRAM
RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E / RAS-3M26GAV-E1

Temp. measurement T1 TCa

To To To To
C room B room Indoor unit A C room B room
Evaporator

Allowable pipe length

Cross flow fan

Allowable height
Per 1 unit

difference : 15m
TA
Connecting pipe Max. : 25m
Min. : 2m
Thickness : 0.8mm
Ø12.7 : Connecting pipe Total
RAS-M16PKVP-E, Thickness : 0.8mm Max. : 50m
RAS-M18PKVP-E Ø6.35
Ø9.52 :
RAS-M10PKVP-E,
RAS-M13PKVP-E Sectional shape
of heat insulator
(Ø9.52) (Ø9.52) (Ø12.7) (Ø6.35) (Ø6.35) (Ø6.35)

Strainer

Pulse motor
TGc TGb TGa valve at liquid side
(UKV-18D)

P Pressure
measurement Packed valve (Gas side) Packed valve
Gauge attaching port (Ø12.7) (Liquid side)
Vacuum pump (Ø9.52)
connecting port

Muffler
Ø25 x 160L
Accumulating
tank 1500cc TS TD

Compressor
DA220A2F-20L

TE

TO
Temp. measurement T2
Propeller fan
Refrigerant amount : 2.4kg (R410A)

Outdoor unit NOTE : Gas leak check position

Refrigerant flow (Cooling)
Refrigerant flow (Heating)

NOTE :
• The maximum pipe length of this air conditioner is 50 m. The additional charging of refrigerant is unnecesary
because this conditioner is designed with charge-less specification.
• Connection of only one indoor unit is unavailable. Two or more indoor units should be connected.

– 40 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E / RAS-4M27GAV-E1

Temp. measurement T1 TCa

To To To Indoor unit A To To To
D room C room B room D room C room B room
Evaporator

Allowable pipe length

Cross flow fan

Allowable height
Per 1 unit

difference : 15m
TA
Max. : 25m
Min. : 2m
Connecting pipe
Thickness : 0.8mm Total
Connecting pipe
Ø12.7 : Thickness : 0.8mm Max. : 70m
RAS-M16PKVP-E, Ø6.35
RAS-M18PKVP-E
Ø9.52 :
RAS-M10PKVP-E,
RAS-M13PKVP-E Sectional shape
of heat insulator
(Ø9.52) (Ø9.52) (Ø9.52) (Ø12.7) (Ø6.35) (Ø6.35) (Ø6.35) (Ø6.35)

Strainer

Pulse motor
TGd TGc TGb TGa valve at liquid side
(UKV-18D)

P Pressure
measurement Packed valve (Gas side) Packed valve (Liquid side)
Gauge attaching port (Ø12.7) (Ø9.52)
Vacuum pump
connecting port

Accumulating Muffler
tank 1500cc Ø25 x 160L
TS
TD

Compressor
DA220A2F-20L

TE

TO
Temp. measurement T2
Propeller fan Refrigerant amount : 2.4kg (R410A)

Outdoor unit NOTE : Gas leak check position

Refrigerant flow (Cooling)
Refrigerant flow (Heating)

NOTE :
• The maximum pipe length of this air conditioner is 70 m. The additional charging of refrigerant is unnecesary
because this conditioner is designed with charge-less specification.
• Connection of only one indoor unit is unavailable. Two or more indoor units should be connected.

– 41 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 7-2. Operation Data
Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Cooling>

Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor

condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
1 unit 07 — — — 0.9 to 1.1 11 to 13 44 to 46 High LOW 16
10 — — — 0.8 to 1.0 9 to 11 45 to 47 High MED 22
13 — — — 0.7 to 0.9 8 to 10 46 to 48 High MED 35
16 — — — 0.6 to 0.8 7 to 9 47 to 49 High MED 45
18 — — — 0.6 to 0.8 7 to 9 48 to 50 High MED 52
2 units 07 07 — — 0.9 to 1.1 11 to 13 46 to 48 High MED 36
10 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 39
13 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 46
16 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 49
18 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 52
10 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 42
13 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 48 to 50 High MED 46
16 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 49 to 51 High MED 50
18 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 49 to 51 High MED 52
13 13 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 50 to 52 High MED 54
16 13 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 51 to 53 High MED 58
18 13 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
18 16 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
18 18 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
3 units 07 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
27 / 19 35 / – 18 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 16 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 16 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 16 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 16 — 0.8 to 1.0 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 60

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 42 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Cooling> (Continued)
Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor
condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
4 units 07 07 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
10 07 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 07 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 07 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 07 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
10 10 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 10 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 10 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 10 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 13 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 13 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 13 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 16 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 16 07 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
10 10 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 10 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 10 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 10 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 13 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
27 / 19 35 / –
16 13 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 13 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 16 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 16 10 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 13 13 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 13 13 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 13 13 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 16 13 07 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
10 10 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 10 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 10 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 10 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 13 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 13 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
18 13 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
13 13 13 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 61
16 13 13 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 62
13 13 13 13 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 62
16 16 10 10 0.9 to 1.1 12 to 14 51 to 53 High MED 62

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 43 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-4M27GAV-E1
<Heating>
Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor
condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
1 unit 07 — — — 2.1 to 2.3 36 to 38 3 to 5 High MED 29
10 — — — 2.7 to 2.9 44 to 46 2 to 4 High MED 41
13 — — — 3.2 to 3.4 52 to 54 2 to 4 High MED 52
16 — — — 3.6 to 3.9 53 to 55 2 to 4 High MED 56
18 — — — 3.6 to 3.9 53 to 55 2 to 4 High MED 60
2 units 07 07 — — 2.6 to 2.8 44 to 46 1 to 3 High MED 59
10 07 — — 2.6 to 2.8 44 to 46 1 to 3 High MED 61
13 07 — — 2.7 to 2.9 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 64
16 07 — — 2.8 to 3.0 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 65
18 07 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 67
10 10 — — 2.7 to 2.9 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 62
13 10 — — 2.8 to 3.0 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 64
16 10 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 66
18 10 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 66
13 13 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 67
16 13 — — 3.0 to 3.2 47 to 49 –1 to 1 High MED 69
18 13 — — 3.0 to 3.2 47 to 49 –1 to 1 High MED 70
16 16 — — 3.1 to 3.3 48 to 50 –1 to 1 High MED 71
18 16 — — 3.1 to 3.3 48 to 50 –1 to 1 High MED 71
18 18 — — 3.1 to 3.3 48 to 50 –1 to 1 High MED 71
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
20 / – 7/6 18 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 16 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 16 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
18 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
18 16 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
13 13 13 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 16 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 13 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
18 13 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
16 16 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
18 16 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
16 16 16 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 44 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <Heating> (Continued)
Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor
condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
4 units 07 07 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
10 07 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 07 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 07 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 07 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
10 10 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 10 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 10 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 10 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 13 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 13 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 13 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 16 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 16 07 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
10 10 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 10 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 10 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 10 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 13 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
20 / – 7/6
16 13 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 13 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 16 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 16 10 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 13 13 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 13 13 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
18 13 13 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 16 13 07 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
10 10 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
13 10 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 72
16 10 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
18 10 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
13 13 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
16 13 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
18 13 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
13 13 13 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 73
16 13 13 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 74
13 13 13 13 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 74
16 16 10 10 2.0 to 2.2 33 to 35 –2 to 0 High MED 74

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 45 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Cooling>
Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor
condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
1 unit 07 — — — 0.9 to 1.1 11 to 13 44 to 46 High LOW 16
10 — — — 0.8 to 1.0 9 to 11 45 to 47 High MED 22
13 — — — 0.7 to 0.9 8 to 10 46 to 48 High MED 35
16 — — — 0.6 to 0.8 7 to 9 47 to 49 High MED 45
18 — — — 0.6 to 0.8 7 to 9 48 to 50 High MED 52
2 units 07 07 — — 0.9 to 1.1 11 to 13 46 to 48 High MED 36
10 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 39
13 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 46
16 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 48 to 50 High MED 49
18 07 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 49 to 51 High MED 52
10 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 47 to 49 High MED 42
13 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 48 to 50 High MED 46
16 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 49 to 51 High MED 50
18 10 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 49 to 51 High MED 52
13 13 — — 0.8 to 1.0 10 to 12 50 to 52 High MED 54
16 13 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 51 to 53 High MED 58
18 13 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
18 16 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
18 18 — — 0.7 to 0.9 9 to 11 52 to 54 High MED 62
3 units 07 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
27/19 35/- 16 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 07 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 10 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 16 07 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
10 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 10 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 16 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
13 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 10 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
18 13 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60
16 16 13 — 0.8 to 1.0 11 to 13 51 to 53 High MED 60

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 46 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Outdoor Unit : RAS-3M26GAV-E1
<Heating>
Temperature No. of Standard Heat exchanger Compressor
condition Indoor unit pressure pipe temperature Indoor Outdoor
operating revolution
units fan fan (rps)
Indoor Outdoor A B C D P (MPa) T1 (°C) T2 (°C)
1 unit 07 — — — 2.0 to 2.2 36 to 38 3 to 5 High MED 26
10 — — — 2.6 to 2.8 44 to 46 2 to 4 High MED 40
13 — — — 3.3 to 3.5 52 to 54 1 to 3 High MED 50
16 — — — 3.5 to 3.7 55 to 57 1 to 3 High MED 53
18 — — — 3.5 to 3.7 55 to 57 1 to 3 High MED 57
2 units 07 07 — — 2.6 to 2.8 44 to 46 1 to 3 High MED 57
10 07 — — 2.6 to 2.8 44 to 46 1 to 3 High MED 58
13 07 — — 2.7 to 2.9 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 61
16 07 — — 2.8 to 3.0 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 63
18 07 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 64
10 10 — — 2.7 to 2.9 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 62
13 10 — — 2.8 to 3.0 45 to 47 0 to 2 High MED 63
16 10 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 65
18 10 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 65
13 13 — — 2.9 to 3.1 46 to 48 0 to 2 High MED 66
16 13 — — 3.1 to 3.3 47 to 49 0 to 2 High MED 68
18 13 — — 3.1 to 3.3 47 to 49 0 to 2 High MED 69
16 16 — — 3.3 to 3.5 50 to 52 0 to 2 High MED 70
18 16 — — 3.3 to 3.5 50 to 52 0 to 2 High MED 70
18 18 — — 3.3 to 3.5 50 to 52 0 to 2 High MED 70
3 units 07 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
20 / – 7/6 16 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 07 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 10 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 13 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 16 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 16 07 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
10 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
16 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
18 10 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 72
13 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
18 13 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
18 16 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
13 13 13 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 16 10 — 2.3 to 2.5 38 to 40 –1 to 1 High MED 73
16 13 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
18 13 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74
16 16 13 — 2.5 to 2.7 37 to 39 –2 to 0 High MED 74

NOTES :
1. Measure surface temperature of heat exchanger pipe around of heat exchanger path U bent. (Thermistor themometer)
2. Connecting piping condition : 5 meters × 4 units (5m/each indoor unit)

– 47 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

8-1. Indoor Unit

RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND

M.C.U. Indoor Unit Control Unit

Humidity sensor Functions Louver
Motor
Heat Exchanger Sensor (Tcj) • Cold Draft Preventing Function
Louver Motor
Heat Exchanger Sensor (Tc) • 3-minute Delay at Restart for Compressor Drive Control
Room Temperature Sensor (Ta) • Fan Motor Starting Control
Indoor Fan
• Processing Motor Control
Infrared Rays Signal Receiver
and Indication (Temperature Processing)

• Timer Indoor
Initializing Circuit Fan Motor
• Serial Signal Communication
Clock Frequency
Oscillator Circuit • Clean Function

Air Purifier
Unit
Power Supply Circuit

Converter (D.C circuit) Micro Switch

Serial Signal Transmitter/Receiver
Noise Filter

From Outdoor Unit

220-240V ~50Hz Serial Signal Communication
220V ~60Hz (Operation Command and Information)

Remote Controller Infrared Rays, 36.7kHz

REMOTE CONTROLLER
Operation (START/STOP)

Operation Mode Selection

AUTO, COOL, DRY, HEAT

Thermo. Setting

Fan Speed Selection

ON TIMER Setting

OFF TIMER Setting

Louver AUTO Swing

Louver Direction Setting

SLEEP Mode

Hi POWER

Air Purifier

– 48 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 8-2. Outdoor Unit (Inverter Assembly)
RAS-3M26GAV-E1, RAS-4M27GAV-E1

Outdoor air temp. sensor Gas side pipe temp. sensor Suction temp. sensor Evaporator temp. sensor Discharge temp. sensor

MCC-818 (SUB-P.C. B)
A unit P.M.V. A unit
M.C.U send/receive
• Inverter outdoor frequency control circuit
B unit P.M.V.
Driver • A/D converter function
B unit
circuit of send/receive
C unit P.M.V. P.M.V. • P.M.V. control
circuit
• Discharge temp. control
D unit P.M.V. • Error display C unit
*1 send/receive
• Signal communication to MCU circuit
• PWM synthesis function
4-Way valve Relay circuit D unit
send/receive
circuit
Rotor position
detect circuit Clock frequency
oscillator circuit *1
16MHz
Outdoor
fan Inverter Gate drive
motor (DC → AC) circuit Signal communication
to MCU
Over current Over current
sensor detect circuit

220–240V ~50Hz
220V ~60Hz

MCC-1438 (MAIN-P.C. B)
Noise filter Clock frequency
oscillator circuit M.C.U
10MHz • PWM synthesis function
Input current • Input current release control
sensor
• IGBT over current detect control
High power factor
correction circuit • High power factor correction control

Converter • Signal communication to MCU

(AC → DC) • Output current release control
• A/D converter function

Over current Over current

sensor detect circuit

Inverter Gate drive

(DC → AC) circuit

Output current
sensor

P.M.V : Pulse motor valve IGBT : Insulated gate bipolar

Compressor
PWM : Pulse width modulation transistor

NOTE) ∗1 : 4 unit multi model only.

– 49 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9. OPERATION DESCRIPTION
9-1. Outline of Air Conditioner Control • Detection of inverter input current and current
release operation
This air conditioner is a capacity-variable type air
conditioner, which uses DC motor for the indoor fan • Over-current detection and prevention operation
motor and the outdoor fan motor. And the capacity- to IGBT module (Compressor stop function)
proportional control compressor which can change the • Compressor and outdoor fan stop function when
motor speed in the range from 13 to 90 rps is mounted. serial signal is off (when the serial signal does not
The DC motor drive circuit is mounted to the indoor reach the board assembly of outdoor control by
unit. The compressor and the inverter to control fan trouble of the signal system)
motor are mounted to the outdoor unit. • Transferring of operation information (Serial
The entire air conditioner is mainly controlled by the signal) from outdoor unit controller to indoor unit
indoor unit controller. controller
The indoor unit controller drives the indoor fan motor • Detection of outdoor temperature and operation
based upon command sent from the remote controller, revolution control
and transfers the operation command to the outdoor • Defrost control in heating operation
unit controller. (Temp. measurement by outdoor heat exchanger
The outdoor unit controller receives operation and control for 4-way valve and outdoor fan)
command from the indoor unit side, and controls the 3. Contents of operation command signal
outdoor fan and the pulse motor valve. (PMV) (Serial signal) from indoor unit controller to
Besides, detecting revolution position of the outdoor unit controller
compressor motor, the outdoor unit controller controls
The following three types of signals are sent from the
speed of the compressor motor by controlling output
indoor unit controller.
voltage of the inverter and switching timing of the
supply power (current transfer timing) so that motors • Operation mode set on the remote controller
drive according to the operation command. • Compressor revolution command signal defined
And then, the outdoor unit controller transfers reversely by indoor temperature and set temperature
the operating status information of the outdoor unit to (Correction along with variation of room
control the indoor unit controller. temperature and correction of indoor heat
exchanger temperature are added.)
• Temperature of indoor heat exchanger
As the compressor adopts four-pole brushless DC • For these signals ([Operation mode] and
motor, the frequency of the supply power from [Compressor revolution] indoor heat exchanger
inverter to compressor is two-times cycles of the temperature), the outdoor unit controller monitors
actual number of revolution. the input current to the inverter, and performs the
followed operation within the range that current
does not exceed the allowable value.
1. Role of indoor unit controller
The indoor unit controller judges the operation 4. Contents of operation command signal
commands from the remote controller and assumes (Serial signal) from outdoor unit controller
the following functions. to indoor unit controller
• Judgment of suction air temperature of the indoor The following signals are sent from the outdoor unit
heat exchanger by using the indoor temp. sensor. controller.
(TA sensor) • The current operation mode
• Judgment of the indoor heat exchanger • The current compressor revolution
temperature by using heat exchanger sensor
• Outdoor temperature
(TC sensor) (Prevent-freezing control, etc.)
• Existence of protective circuit operation
• Louver motor control
For transferring of these signals, the indoor unit
• Indoor fan motor operation control
controller monitors the contents of signals, and
• LED (Light Emitting Diode) display control judges existence of trouble occurrence.
• Transferring of operation command signal Contents of judgment are described below.
(Serial signal) to the outdoor unit
• Whether distinction of the current operation
• Reception of information of operation status status meets to the operation command signal
(Serial signal including outside temp. data) to the
• Whether protective circuit operates
outdoor unit and judgment/display of error
When no signal is received from the outdoor
• Air purifier operation control
unit controller, it is assumed as a trouble.
2. Role of outdoor unit controller
Receiving the operation command signal
(Serial signal) from the indoor unit controller, the
outdoor unit performs its role.
• Compressor operation control  Operations followed to

• Operation control of outdoor fan motor
judgment of serial signal
• P.M.V. control

from indoor side.
• 4-way valve control

– 50 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-2. Operation Description

1. Basic operation ....................................................................................................................... 52

1. Operation control ............................................................................................................... 52
2. Operating mode selection when performing 2-room operation ......................................... 53
3. Cooling/Heating operation ................................................................................................. 53
4. AUTO operation ................................................................................................................. 54
5. DRY operation ................................................................................................................... 54
2. Indoor fan motor control .......................................................................................................... 55
<In cooling operation> ............................................................................................................ 55
<In heating operation> (Heat pump model) ........................................................................... 56
3. Outdoor fan motor control ....................................................................................................... 58
4. Capacity control ...................................................................................................................... 59
5. Current release control ........................................................................................................... 59
6. Release protective control by temperature of indoor heat exchanger .................................... 60
7. Winding/Coil heating control ................................................................................................... 61
8. Defrost control (Only in heating operation) ............................................................................. 61
9. Louver control ......................................................................................................................... 62
1) Louver position .................................................................................................................. 62
2) Air direction adjustment ..................................................................................................... 62
3) Swing ................................................................................................................................. 62
10. SLEEP MODE operation ........................................................................................................ 63
11. Temporary operation ............................................................................................................... 64
12. Air purifying control ................................................................................................................. 64
1. Purpose ............................................................................................................................. 64
2. Description ......................................................................................................................... 65
3. Operation ........................................................................................................................... 65
13. Discharge temperature control ............................................................................................... 66
14. Pulse motor valve (PMV) control ............................................................................................ 66
15. Clean operation ...................................................................................................................... 67
16. Clean operation cancel ........................................................................................................... 68
17. Select switch on remote controller .......................................................................................... 69
18. Set temperature correction ..................................................................................................... 70

9-3. Auto Restart Function ............................................................................................. 71

9-3-1. Setting the Auto Restart Function ...................................................................................... 71
9-3-2. Cancel the Auto Restart Function ....................................................................................... 72
9-3-3. Power Failure During Timer Operation ............................................................................... 72

9-4. Remote Controller and Its Fuctions....................................................................... 73

9-4-1. Parts Name of Remote Controller ....................................................................................... 73
9-4-2. Name and Functions of Indications on Remote Controller .............................................. 74

9-5. Hi POWER Mode ...................................................................................................... 75

9-6. Intermittent Operation Control for Indoor Fans of the Indoor Unit
at Thermo-off Side in Heating Operation ............................................................... 75

– 51 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

1. Basic 1. Operation control

operation
Receiving the user’s operation condition setup, the operation statuses of indoor/outdoor units are
controlled.
1) The operation conditions are selected by the remote controller as shown in the below.
2) A signal is sent by ON button of the remote controller.
3) The signal is received by a sensor of the indoor unit and processed by the indoor controllers as
shown in the below.
4) The indoor controller controls the indoor fan motor and louver motor.
5) The indoor controller sends the operation command to the outdoor controller, and sends/receives
the control status with a serial signal.
6) The outdoor controller controls the operation as shown in the left, and also controls the compres-
sor, outdoor fan motor, 4-way valve and pulse motor valve.

Remote controller

Selection of Control contents of remote controller

operation conditions • ON/OFF (Air conditioner/Air purifier)
• Operation select (COOL/HEAT/AUTO/DRY)
ON/OFF • Temperature setup
• Air direction
• Swing
• Air volume select (AUTO/LOW/LOW+/MED/MED+/HIGH)
• Sleep mode
• ON timer setup
• OFF timer setup
• High power

Indoor unit

Signal receiving Indoor unit control

• Command signal generating function of indoor unit
Indoor unit control operation
• Calculation function (temperature calculation) • Indoor fan motor
• Activation compensation function of indoor fan • Louver motor
Operation command • Cold draft preventive function • Moving panel motor
• Timer function • Air purifier
Serial signal send/receive • Indoor heat exchanger release control
• Clean function

Outdoor unit
~
Serial signal send/receive Outdoor unit control Inverter
• Frequency control of inverter output
Outdoor unit control • Waveform composite function
• Calculation function • Compressor
(Temperature calculation) • Outdoor fan motor
• AD conversion function • 4-way valve
• Quick heating function • Pulse motor valve
• Delay function of compressor reactivation (P.M.V.)
• Current release function
• GTr over-current preventive function
• Defrost operation function

– 52 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

1. Basic 2. Operating mode selection when performing 2-room operation

operation 1) The outdoor unit operating mode conforms to the instructions of the indoor unit that was pushed first.
2) When combined operation consisting of cooling (dry) and heating, fan (air purification) and heating,
or cleaning operation and heating is performed, operation conforms to the instructions of the indoor
unit that was pushed first as shown in the following table.
3) The indoor fan stops for the indoor unit that was pushed last and which instructions are ignored.
4) When three or four indoor units are operated concurrently, the priority is also given to operating
mode of the indoor unit which was pushed first as same as the case when two indoor units are
operated concurrently.
No. Indoor unit Set operating mode Actual indoor unit operation Actual outdoor unit operation
Pushed first Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
1 Cooling
Pushed last Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
Pushed first Heating Heating
2 Heating
Pushed last Heating Heating
Pushed first Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
3 Stopped
Pushed last Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
Pushed first Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
4 Cooling
Pushed last Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
Pushed first Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
5 Cooling
Pushed last Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
Pushed first Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
6 Cooling
Pushed last Heating Fan stopped
Pushed first Heating Heating
7 Heating
Pushed last Cooling (dry) Fan stopped
Pushed first Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
8 Stopped
Pushed last Heating Fan stopped
Pushed first Heating Heating
9 Heating
Pushed last Fan (solo air purification) Fan stopped
Pushed first Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
10 Stopped
Pushed last Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
Pushed first Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
11 Cooling
Pushed last Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
Pushed first Cooling (dry) Cooling (dry)
12 Cooling
Pushed last Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
Pushed first Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
13 Stopped
Pushed last Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
Pushed first Fan (solo air purification) Fan (solo air purification)
14 Stopped
Pushed last Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
Pushed first Cleaning operation Cleaning operation
15 Stopped
Pushed last Heating Fan stopped
Pushed first Heating Heating
16 Heating
Pushed last Cleaning operation Fan stopped

3. Cooling/Heating operation
The operations are performed in the following parts by controls according to cooling/heating conditions.
1) Receiving the operation ON signal of the remote controller, the cooling or heating operation signal
starts being transferred from the indoor controller to the outdoor unit.
2) At the indoor unit side, the indoor fan is operated according to the contents of “2. Indoor fan
motor control” and the louver according to the contents of “9. Louver control”, respectively.
3) The outdoor unit controls the outdoor fan motor, compressor, pulse motor valve (PMV) and
4-way valve according to the operation signal sent from the indoor unit.
*1. The power coupler of 4-way valve is usually turned off, and it is turned on during defrost
operation. (Only in heating)
Operation ON Setup of remote controller

Indoor unit control Indoor fan motor control / Louver control

Sending of operation command signal

Compressor revolution control / Outdoor fan motor control / 4-way valve control
Outdoor unit control [In cooling operation: OFF, In heating operation: ON]
Pulse motor valve control

– 53 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

1. Basic 4. AUTO operation 1) Detects the room temperature (Ta) when

operation Selection of operation mode the operation started.
As shown in the following figure, the operation starts by 2) Selects an operation mode from Ta in
selecting automatically the status of room temperature the left figure.
(Ta) when starting AUTO operation. 3) Fan operation continues until an
operation mode is selected.
4) When AUTO operation has started
Ta within 2 hours after heating operation
stopped and if the room temperature is
20°C or more, the fan operation is
Cooling operation
performed with ”Super Ultra LOW” mode
for 3 minutes.
Ts + 1 Then, select an operation mode.
Monitoring (Fan) 5) If the status of compressor-OFF
continues for 15 minutes the room
Ts – 1 temperature after selecting an operation
mode (COOL/HEAT), reselect an
Heating operation (Heat pump model) operation mode.

*1.When reselecting the operation mode, the fan speed

is controlled by the previous operation mode.

5. DRY operation 1) Detects the room temperature (Ta) when

DRY operation is performed according to the difference the DRY operation started.
between room temperature and the setup temperature 2) Starts operation under conditions in the
as shown below. left figure according to the temperature
In DRY operation, fan speed is controlled in order to difference between the room tempera-
prevent lowering of the room temperature. ture and the setup temperature (Tsc).
Setup temperature (Tsc)
= Set temperature on remote controller
(Ts) + (–1.5 to 2.0)
TA-Tsc
3) When the room temperature is lower
Fan speed 2°C or less than the setup temperature,
[˚C]
turn off the compressor.
+4.5 W8
+4.0 W6
+3.5
+3.0
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
W5
+1.0
W4
+0.5
0.0
–0.5
–1.0
–1.5
–2.0

– 54 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

2. Indoor fan <In cooling operation>

motor control (This operation controls the fan speed at indoor unit side.) * Symbols
The indoor fan (cross flow fan) is operated by the phase UH : Ultra High
control induction motor. H : High
The fan rotates in 5 stages in MANUAL mode, and in 5 M+ : Medium+
stages in AUTO mode, respectively. (Table 1) M : Medium
L+ : Low+
L : Low
L- : Low–
COOL ON
UL : Ultra Low
SUL : Super Ultra Low

Fan speed setup MANUAL * The fan speed broadly varies due
(Fig. 1) to position of the louver, etc.
The described value indicates one
AUTO under condition of inclining
Indication Fan speed downward blowing.
Hi Power
1) When setting the fan speed to L,
L W7 W8 L+, M, M+ or H on the remote
L+ (L + M) / 2 (L + M) / 2 controller, the operation is
performed with the constant
M WA WC
speed shown in Fig. 1.
M+ (M + H) / 2 (M + H) / 2 2) When the fan speed mode is
H WD WE manual and TA < 22°C and the
compressor stops, the fan speed
(Fig. 2)
is controlled from W2
(20 seconds) to 0 rpm
(40 seconds).
Fan speed
Hi Power 3) When setting the fan speed to
Ta
[°C] M+(WC) H (WD) AUTO on the remote controller,
*3 *6
revolution of the fan motor is
+2.5
a *4 *7
controlled to the fan speed level
+2.0
b shown in Fig. 2 and Table 1
+1.5 *5 *8
c according to the setup tempera-
+1.0 ture, room temperature, and heat
d L(W7) L+(W8)
+0.5 exchanger temperature.
Tsc e
4) When the fan speed mode is
*3 : Fan speed = (M + –L) × 3/4 + L *6 : Fan speed = (H –L+) × 3/4 + L+ AUTO and the compressor stops,
*4 : Fan speed = (M + –L) × 2/4 + L *7 : Fan speed = (H –L+) × 2/4 + L+ the fan speed is controlled from
*5 : Fan speed = (M + –L) × 1/4 + L *8 : Fan speed = (H –L+) × 1/4 + L+
(Linear approximation from M+ and L) W2 (20 seconds) to 0 rpm
(40 seconds).

(Table 1) Indoor fan air flow rate (Cooling, Dry)

RAS-M10PKVP-E RAS-M13PKVP-E RAS-M16PKVP-E RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND RAS-M13PKVP-ND RAS-M16PKVP-ND RAS-M18PKVP-ND
Fan speed level
Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate
(rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h)
WF 1200 690 1260 730 1340 790 1450 845
WE UH 1200 690 1260 730 1340 790 1450 845
WD H 1140 640 1210 690 1280 750 1390 805
WC M+ 1080 600 1130 640 1200 690 1310 745
WB 1020 560 1060 590 1120 630 1220 680
WA M+ 960 510 990 530 1040 570 1130 620
W9 910 480 930 490 980 530 1070 575
W8 L+ 850 430 870 450 930 490 1000 525
W7 L 790 390 810 400 880 450 930 475
W6 L– 770 370 770 370 770 370 800 380
W5 UL 700 320 700 320 700 320 700 310
W4 650 290 650 290 650 290 650 275
W3 SUL 600 250 600 250 600 250 600 240
W2 600 250 600 250 600 250 600 240
W1 520 190 520 190 520 190 520 185

– 55 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

2. Indoor fan <In heating operation> (Heat pump model) 1) When setting the fan speed to L,
motor control (This operation controls the fan speed at indoor unit side.) L+, M, M+ or H on the remote
controller, the operation is
The indoor fan (cross flow fan) is operated by the phase
performed with the constant speed
control induction motor.
shown in Fig. 3 and Table 2.
The fan rotates in 5 stages in MANUAL mode, and in
2) When setting the fan speed to
5 stages in AUTO mode, respectively. (Table 2)
AUTO on the remote controller,
revolution of the fan motor is
HEAT ON controlled to the fan speed level
shown in Fig. 5 according to the set
(Fig. 3) temperature and room temperature.
Fan speed setup MANUAL
3) Min air flow rate is controlled by
temperature of the indoor heat
exchanger (Tc) as shown in Fig. 4.
Indication Fan speed 4) Cold draft prevention, the fan
Hi Power
speed is controlled by temperature
L W8 W9 of the indoor heat exchanger (Tc)
AUTO L+ (L + M) / 2 (L + M) / 2 as shown in Fig. 6.
M WB WD
M+ (M + H) / 2 (M + H) / 2
H WE WF
YES
TC ≥ 42˚C Min air flow rate control

NO

Tc Limited to Min WD tap

52
51

42 ∗
41 No limit
∗ Fan speed =
(TC – (40 + a)) / 10 × (WD – W8) + W8
(Fig. 4) Cold draft preventive control

TA [˚C]
Fan speed
Hi Power
Tc
b 46 46 34
TSC H (WE)
L+ (W9) M (WB) 45 45 33
c
–0.5 Line-approximate
H and SUL with Tc.
d ∗1 ∗5 33 33 21
–1.0 32 32 20
e ∗2 ∗6
–1.5 ∗A+4 ∗A+4 ∗A+4
f SUL (W2)
–2.0 ∗3 ∗7 ∗A-4 ∗A-4 ∗A-4
g Stop
–2.5

–5.0 ∗4 ∗8 Fan speed MANUAL in starting

Fan speed AUTO in stability
–5.5 Fan speed AUTO in starting
M+ (WD) H (WE)

∗1: Fan speed = (M + L) 1/5 + L+ ∗

≥ 24, A is 24, and when Tsc < 24, A is Tsc
∗ 3/5 + L+ Tsc: Set value
– ×

∗5 Fan speed – × 1/5 + M

(Fig. 6)
∗
– ×

(Fig. 5)

– 56 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

2. Indoor fan motor control

[In starting and in stability]

In starting In stability

• Until 12 minutes passed after operation start • When 12 to 25 minutes passed after operation start and
FAN AUTO • When 12 to 25 minutes passed after operation start room temp. is higher than (set temp. –3°C)
and room temp. is 3°C or lower than set temp. • When 25 minutes or more passed after operation start

FAN Manual • Room temp. < Set temp. –4°C • Room temp. ≥ Set temp. –3.5°C

(Table 2) Indoor fan air flow rate (Heating)

RAS-M10PKVP-E RAS-M13PKVP-E RAS-M16PKVP-E RAS-M18PKVP-E

RAS-M10PKVP-ND RAS-M13PKVP-ND RAS-M16PKVP-ND RAS-M18PKVP-ND
Fan speed level
Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate Fan speed Air flow rate
(rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h) (rpm) (m3/h)
WF 1140 640 1200 690 1280 750 1390 805
WE UH 1140 640 1200 690 1280 750 1390 805
WD H 1070 590 1100 610 1180 670 1290 730
WC M+ 980 530 1010 550 1090 610 1180 655
WB 900 470 930 490 980 530 1070 575
WA M+ 850 430 850 430 900 470 980 510
W9 810 400 810 400 880 450 950 490
W8 L+ 710 330 710 330 780 380 850 420
W7 L 710 330 710 330 710 330 850 420
W6 L– 650 290 650 290 700 320 700 310
W5 UL 650 290 650 290 650 290 650 275
W4 650 290 650 290 650 290 650 275
W3 SUL 650 290 650 290 650 290 650 275
W2 560 220 560 220 560 220 560 210
W1 420 120 420 120 420 120 420 110

– 57 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

3. Outdoor fan The blowing air volume at the outdoor unit side is controlled. 1) The operation command sent
motor control Receiving the operation command from the controller of indoor from the remote controller is
unit, the controller of outdoor unit controls fan speed. processed by the indoor unit
controller and transferred to the
* For the fan motor, a DC motor with non-stage variable speed
controller of the outdoor unit.
system is used.
However, it is limited to 8 stages for reasons of controlling. 2) When strong wind blows at
outdoor side, the operation of air
conditioner continues with the
Air conditioner ON fan motor stopped.
(Remote controller) 3) Whether the fan is locked or not
is detected, and the operation of
air conditioner stops and an
Indoor unit controller alarm is displayed if the fan is
locked.
4) According to each operation
1) Outdoor unit mode, by the conditions of
operation command outdoor temperature (To) and
(Outdoor fan control) compressor revolution, the speed
of the outdoor fan shown in the
table is selected.
2) Fan speed ≥ 400 YES OFF status of
when the motor stopped. fan motor continues.
NO

Fan motor ON

YES Air conditioner Alarm

3) Fan lock OFF display
NO

4) Motor operates as shown in the table below.

Cooling operation, dry operation

Compressor revolution (rps) 20.3 ~50.3 ~62.8 63.4~

TO > 38°C 390 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 740 (rpm)
Outdoor temp. sensor
1 to 2 units 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 740 (rpm)
TO TO < 38°C
1 to 2 units 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 740 (rpm)
TO > 38°C 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 670 (rpm)
Sleep operation
TO < 38°C 390 (rpm) 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 510 (rpm)
TO is abnormal 510 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm) 670 (rpm)

TO : Outdoor temp. sensor

Heating operation

Compressor revolution (rps) 20.3 ~33.3 ~33.9

Outdoor temp. sensor TO > 5°C 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm)
TO TO < 5°C 510 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 740 (rpm)
TO > 5°C 390 (rpm) 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm)
Sleep operation
TO < 5°C 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 510 (rpm)
TO is abnormal 390 (rpm) 510 (rpm) 670 (rpm)

TO : Outdoor temp. sensor

– 58 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

4. Capacity 1) Four indoor units from A to D determine the respective instruction revolutions from the differ-
control ence between the remote controller setting temperature (Ts) and the indoor temperature (Ta),
and transmit this to the outdoor unit.
2) The outdoor unit receives the instructions from the indoor units, and the inverter operates the
compressor at the calculated revolutions.
3) The compressor operation range in each operating mode is shown in the left table.

Indoor unit A Outdoor unit

Indoor unit B
Inverter Compressor
Indoor unit C

Indoor unit D

No.of Compressor No.of Compressor

Operation operating Combination revolution Operation operating Combination revolution
mode unit of indoor units (rps) mode unit of indoor units (rps)
M07 15 to 21 M07 15 to 39
M10 15 to 28 M10 15 to 52
1 unit M13 15 to 43 1 unit M13 15 to 63
M16 15 to 53 M16 15 to 67
COOL M18 15 to 55 HEAT M18 15 to 85
2 units ¡∗ 15 to 66 2 units ¡∗ 15 to 90
3 units ¡∗ 31 to 69 3 units ¡∗ 17 to 90
4 units ¡∗ 31 to 69 4 units ¡∗ 22 to 90

∗ : In case that any multiple indoor units are combined.

5. Current release This function prevents troubles on the electronic parts of the 1) The input current of the outdoor
control compressor driving inverter. unit is detected in the inverter
This function also controls drive circuit of the compressor section of the outdoor unit.
speed so that electric power of the compressor drive circuit 2) According to the detected
does not exceed the specified value. outdoor temperature, the
specified value of the current is
selected.
Outdoor unit inverter main Outdoor temp. To
circuit control current 3) Whether the current value
exceeds the specified value or
Setup of current release point not is judged.
4) If the current value exceeds the
Operating current ≤ High specified value, this function
Setup value Reduce compressor speed reduces the compressor speed
and controls speed up to the
Low closest one commanded from the
Current decrease indoor unit within the range
which does not exceed the
Capacity control continues. specified value.

Cooling current Heating current

Outdoor temp. release value release value

40˚C 9.6A
14.4A
16˚C 39˚C
11˚C 15.5˚C
10.5˚C 14.2A 14.4A
14.5A

– 59 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

6. Release protective <In cooling/dry operation> 1) When temperature of the indoor

control by (Prevent-freezing control for indoor heat exchanger) heat exchanger drops below 5°C,
temperature of indoor the compressor speed is
In cooling/dry operation, the sensor of indoor heat
heat exchanger reduced. (P zone)
exchanger detects evaporation temperature and
controls the compressor speed so that temperature of 2) When temperature of the indoor
the heat exchanger does not exceed the specified heat exchanger rises in the
value. range from 6°C to under 7°C, the
compressor speed is kept.
(Q zone)
Indoor heat exchanger temperature

Usual cooling capacity control 3) When temperature of the indoor

heat exchanger rises to 7°C or
R higher, the capacity control
operation returns to the usual
7˚C When the value is
in Q zone, the control in cooling operation.
Q compressor speed (R zone)
6˚C is kept.
P
5˚C

Reduction of compressor speed

<In heating operation> 1) When temperature of the indoor

(Prevent-overpressure control for refrigerating cycle) heat exchanger rises in the
range from 52°C to 55°C, the
In heating operation, the sensor of indoor heat
compressor speed is kept.
exchanger detects condensation temperature and
(Q zone)
controls the compressor speed so that temperature of
the heat exchanger does not exceed the specified When temperature of the indoor
value. heat exchanger drops in the
range from 48°C to under 55°C,
the compressor speed is kept.
(Q zone)
2) When temperature of the indoor
Indoor heat exchanger temperature

Reduction of compressor speed

heat exchanger rises to 55°C or
P
higher, the compressor speed is
55˚C reduced. (P zone)
3) When temperature of the indoor
52˚C When the value is heat exchanger does not rise to
Q in Q zone, the
compressor speed 52°C, or when it drops below to
is kept. 48°C, the capacity control
operation returns to the usual
48˚C control in heating operation.
R (R zone)
Usual heating capacity control

– 60 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

7. Winding/Coil When the outdoor temperature is low, the windings/ Winding/Coil heating is performed when
heating control coils are heated to ensure compressor reliability. the following conditions are met.
Condition 1 :
When the discharge sensor temperature
Outdoor temperature To Winding/Coil (Td) is less than 30°C.
heating amount
Condition 2 :
12˚C When 2 hours or more have elapsed after
OFF cooling, dry or heating operation stops.
11˚C
Condition 3 :
10W When the outdoor sensor temperature
2˚C
(To) is as shown in the left figure.
1˚C
20W

8. Defrost control (This function removes frost adhered to the outdoor The necessity of defrost operation is
(Only in heating heat exchanger.) detected by the outdoor heat exchanger
operation) The temperature sensor of the outdoor heat ex- temperature. The conditions to detect the
changer (Te sensor) judges the frosting status of the necessity of defrost operation differ in A,
outdoor heat exchanger and the defrost operation is B, or C zone each. (Table 1)
performed with 4-way valve reverse defrost system. <Defrost operation>
• Defrost operation in A to C zones
Start of heating operation 1) Stop operation of the compressor for
20 seconds.
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature

Operation time 2) Invert (OFF) 4-way valve 10 seconds

0’ 10’ 15’ 27’40” 34’ after stop of the compressor.
(Minute)
3) The outdoor fan stops at the same time
when the compressor stops.
–5˚C
4) When temperature of the indoor heat
C zone exchanger becomes 38°C or lower,
–7˚C
stop the indoor fan.
A zone <Finish of defrost operation>
• Returning conditions from defrost
–20˚C operation to heating operation
B zone
1) Temperature of outdoor heat exchanger
* rises to +8°C or higher.
2) Temperature of outdoor heat exchanger
is kept at +5°C or higher for 80 seconds.
* The minimum value of Te sensor 10 to 15 minutes 3) Defrost operation continues for
after start of operation is stored in memory as Te0. 15 minutes.
Table 1 <Returning from defrost operation>
1) Stop operation of the compressor for
When Te0 - TE ≥ 2.5 continued for 2 minutes in A zone,
A zone approx. 50 seconds.
defrost operation starts.
2) Invert (ON) 4-way valve approx. 40
When the operation continued for 2 minutes in B zone, seconds after stop of the compressor.
B zone
defrost operation starts.
3) The outdoor fan starts rotating at the
When Te0 - TE ≥ 3 continued for 2 minutes in C zone, same time when the compressor starts.
C zone
defrost operation starts.

– 61 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

9. Louver control This function controls the air direction of the indoor unit.
1) Louver • The position is automatically controlled according to the operation mode (COOL/HEAT).
position • The set louver position is stored in memory by the microcomputer, and the louver returns to the
stored position when the next operation is performed. (Cooling/heating memory position)
The angle of the louver is indicated as the horizontal angle is 0°.
When the louver closes fully, it directs approx. 10° upward.
Louver angle Horizontal
1) Louver position in cooling operation (0˚)

Cooling operation/AUTO (COOL) Powerful

Initial setting of “Cooling storage position” “Cooling storage position”

Louver : Directs downward (23˚) ∗1 Louver : Directs downward (34˚)

∗1 When the indoor humidity is high (Hu sensor valve) ≥ 70%), the compressor speed is 23
rps or more and the position of the louver is less than 29°, the louver moves to 29° to
prevent the air outlet from dew drop. And the louver can’t move to less than 29°.
When the indoor humidity becomes low or the compressor speed becomes less than 23
rps, the louver returns to the storage position.
2) Louver position in heating operation

Heating operation/AUTO (HEAT) Powerful

Initial setting of “Heating storage position” “Heating storage position”

Louver : Directs downward (72˚) Louver : Directs downward (58˚)

SLEEP MODE operation

In case that the following temperature is obtained In case that the following temperature is obtained
during 12 minutes or 12 to 25 minutes from start during 12 to 25 minutes from start of heating
of heating operation: Room temperature (TA) operation: Room temperature (TA)
< Set temperature (Tsc) –3.0 ≥ Set temperature (Tsc) –3.0 or when 25 minutes
or more passed from start of heating operation.

“Heating storage position” “Cooling storage position”

Louver : Directs downward (72˚) Louver : Directs downward (23˚)

3) Louver position in dry operation Dry operation

Initial setting of “Cooling storage position”

Louver : Directs downward (23˚)*1

2) Air direction Horizontal Inclined Inclined Blowing Inclined Inclined

adjustment blowing blowing blowing downward blowing blowing

• The louver position can be arbitrarily set up by pushing [FIX] button.

3) Swing 1) When pushing [SWING] button during operation, the louver starts swinging.
2) Each time you push the SWING button, you can change the swing mode.
(Vertical swing → Horizontal swing → Vertical and Horizontal swing → Stop swinging)
• Swing operation is performed in width 35° with the stop position as the centre.
• If the stop position exceeds either upper or lower limit position, swing operation is performed in
width 35° from the limit which the stop position exceeded.

– 62 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

10. SLEEP MODE When pushing [SLEEP MODE] button on the remote
operation controller, a quiet and mild operation is performed by
reducing the fan speed and the compressor speed.
<Cooling operation> <Cooling operation>
This function operates the air conditioner with the differ- 1) The indoor fan speed is controlled
ence between the set and the room temperature as shown between W6 and W3.
in the following figure. The compressor speed in control
The time correction is performed for 8 minutes each. as shown in the left figure.
2) The set temperature increased
0.5°C per hour up to 2°C starting
TA-Tsc Fan Time from the set temperature when
[˚C] speed correction
SLEEP MODE has been received.
W6
+6.5
W5
+6.0
+5.5 +1
+5.0 zone
+4.5
+4.0
+3.5
W4
+3.0
W3 ±0
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
+1.0
–1
+0.5 zone
0.0 (min 1)
–0.5
–1.0
–1.5
–2.0

1H 2H 3H 4H time

<Heating operation> <Heating operation>

1) The indoor fan speed is controlled
TA-Tsc 30 minutes → Time Compressor within (W7) as maximum value.
[˚C] speed 2) The louver position is set
0Hz
0 horizontally (Standard cooling
A position) when the room
–0.5
–1.0 temperature comes close to the
–1.5 B set temperature or when 25
(Room temp. – Set temp.)

A
–2.0 A zone minutes passed after starting
–2.5 SLEEP MODE operation.
–3.0
–4.0
–5.0
–6.0
–7.0
–8.0 C B
B zone
–9.0
–10.0
–11.0

C C zone

– 63 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

11. Temporary Pushing [RESET] button starts the temporary 1) When pushing [RESET] button, the
operation operation of [AUTO] operation. When keeping temporary [AUTO] operation starts.
[RESET] button pushed for 10 seconds or more, 2) When keeping [RESET] button pushed for
the temporary [COOL] operation is performed. 3 seconds or more, “beep, beep, beep”
sound is heard and [AUTO RESTART]
control is changed.
YES
PURE indicator (Orange) ON Push RESET button. 3) When keeping [RESET] button pushed for
NO 10 seconds or more, “beep” sound is heard
NO
and the temporary [COOL] operation starts.
Did you push [RESET] button
Temporary [AUTO] operation 4) If the filter lamp goes on, push [RESET]
for 3 seconds or more?
button to go off the filter lamp, and then push
YES
[RESET] button again.
Did you push [RESET] button YES
5) To stop the temporary operation, push the
for 10 seconds or more?
button again.
NO
Switch to [AUTO RESTART] control. Temporary [COOL] Operation

12. Air purifying control 1. Purpose

Operation button
This function generates negative ion while
cleaning the air in the room.
Present status PURE button Air conditioner
The air purifying control function is to alert
Stop Air purifier AC operation* the user that something is wrong in the
Air purifier only Stop (All) AC + Air purifier ionizing or air purifying operation.
Air conditioner AC + Air purifier All stop If air purifier-ON signal is received while the
Joint use of AC and air purifier AC operation All stop air conditioner stops, the air purifier starts
operation, and if it is received while the air
Louver swing is available Fan speed *1 conditioner operates, the air conditioner and
Air purifying operation Cooling position AUTO, L, L+, M, M+, H
the air purifier start operation.
The air ion generator operates linked with
AC + Air purifying operation Follows to AC operation Follows to AC operation
the air purifying operation.
NOTE When the previous operation was the operation of air conditioner + air purifier, an operation of air conditioner + air purifier
starts by pushing AC button on the remote controller. (Operation of air conditioner + air purifier is stored in memory.)

Sending air purifier-ON [1], [2] Sending air purifier-OFF [3], [4]

[1] Air conditioner stops [2] Air conditioner [3] Air purifier operates [4] Air conditioner +
operates Air Purifier operation

Operation indicator ON PURE indicator ON Operation indicator OFF PURE indicator OFF
∗1
PURE indicator ON Air purifier ON PURE indicator OFF Air purifier OFF

Louver Open memory Fan OFF

position (Cooling)

Air purifier OFF

Moving panel Open

Louver close
Fan ON
All stop Air conditioner operates
Air purifier ON
Fan speed level
( )∗ : Hi Power
Air purifying operation Air conditioner +
air purifier operation WC (WF)∗
W7 (WA)∗
W5 (W7)∗
W2 (W3)∗
∗1 Fan speed at Fan Auto mode. 0 8 15 30 min

– 64 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

12. Air purifying 2. Description

control Error is determined to have occurred
(indicated by the PURE indicator (Orange)
Air purifying operation in the following two cases.
1) When the panel switch has been set to
OFF by the opening of the air inlet grill,
Operation indicator ON etc.
2) When an abnormal discharge caused by
a symptom such as the build-up of dirt
PURE indicator (Blue) ON has been detected while the air purifier
is ON.
NOTE
Air purifier ON The above case 1) or 2) is deemed to have
occurred when the action concerned
continues for more than one second.
NO
Error input is detected
3. Operation
YES
The sequence that PURE indicator
Air purifier OFF (Orange) is turned on are described in the
following flowchart.
1) If the air purifying error input was
Error input was detected NO detected by 5 times or under, turn on
5 times or more the purifier again approx. 10 minutes
YES after and judge it again.
Approx. 10 minutes 2) If the air purifying error input was
Air purifier power NO NO
passed from the error detected by 5 times or more and 1000 H
estimates 1000H input was detected. timer counts up, determine the error and
YES turn on the PURE indicator (Orange).
YES
3) The FILTER indicator keeps lighting
PURE indicator (Orange)
ON even if the operation is stopped by the
remote controller.
The timer is stored in memory of the
[1] [2] microcomputer, and the operation time
is cleared by filter RESET button on the
indoor unit. (FILTER indicator goes off.)
[1] Reset by RESET button.
[2] Reset by RESET button or by the stop direction from the remote
controller.
NOTE
When the breaker is turned [ON] or RESET button is pushed while
the FILTER indicator is turned on, the air purifier is not turned on until
the integrated operation time of the indoor fan exceeds 1 hour after
operation start.
It is the safety measures considering an incomplete drain when
electric dust collector has been cleaned with water.

– 65 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

13. Discharge 1. Purpose

temperature This function detects error on the
control refrigerating cycle or error on the
compressor, and performs protective control.
Td value Control operation 2. Operation
Judges as an error and stops the compressor. • Control of the compressor speed
117°C The speed control is performed as
Reduce the compressor speed. described in the left table based upon
112°C
Reduce slowly compressor speed. the discharge temperature.
108°C
Keeps the compressor speed.
105°C
If the operation is performed with lower speed than one
commanded by the serial signal, speed is slowly raised
up to the commanded speed.
98°C
Operates with speed commanded by the serial signal.

14. Pulse motor This function controls throttle amount of the 1) When starting the operation, move the
valve (PMV) refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle. valve once until it fits to the stopper.
control According to operating status of the air conditioner, (Initialize)
this function also controls the open degree of valve ∗ In this time, “Click” sound may be heard.
with an expansion valve with pulse motor. 2) Adjust the open degree of valve by super
heat amount. (SH control)
Starting up 3) If the discharge temperature was
excessively up, adjust the open degree of
valve so that it is in the range of set
Initialize temperature. (Discharge temp. control)
4) When defrost operation is performed, the
open degree of PMV is adjusted according
Move to initial position to each setup conditions during
preparation for defrost and during defrost
operation (4-way valve is inversed.).
Compressor ON
5) When turning off the compressor by
thermo. OFF or STOP by remote
controller, the open degree of the PMV is
∗ SH control TD release control adjusted to the setup value.

∗ PMV open degree control

Stop by
remote controller Thermo. OFF Defrost

Setup value Setup value Setup value

Power OFF

∗ SH (Super Heat amount) =

Ts (Temperature of suction pipe of the compressor) –
Tc or Te (Heat exchanger temperature at evaporation side)
∗ PMV: Pulse Motor Valve

– 66 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

15. Clean operation 1. Purpose

The clean operation is to minimize the
growth of mold, bacteria etc. by running
the fan and drying so as to keep the
Unit now performing cooling or dry operation inside of the air conditioner clean.
Clean operation
When the cooling or dry operation shuts
down, the unit automatically starts the
Push “STOP” button clean operation which is then performed
for the specified period based on duration
of the operation which was performed
prior to the shutdown, after which the
Only S.CLEAN indicator lights, and clean operation starts clean operation stops.
(The clean operation is not performed
after a heating operation.)
2. Operation
Time set now elapses 1) When the stop signal from the remote
controller is received, the S.CLEAN
indicator (Orange) on the main body
lights, and the clean operation starts.
Operation stops (Neither the OPERATION indicator nor
the PURE indicator light.)
2) The period of the clean operation is
determined by the duration of the
operation performed prior to the
• During clean operations: The louver opens reception of the stop code.
slightly. The indoor fan operates continuously at 3) After the clean operation has been
a speed of 450 rpm. performed for the specified period, the
Clean operation times unit stops operating.

Clean operation times

Operation mode Operation time Clean operation time

No clean operation performed
Up to 10 minutes
(0 minutes)
Cooling: Auto (cooling) Dry
10 minutes or longer 4 hours
Heating: Auto (heating)
Auto (fan only) No clean operation performed
Shutdown

• To stop an ongoing clean operation at any time

Push the start/stop button on the remote controller twice during the clean operation.
(After pushing the button for the first time, push it for the second time without delay
(within 10 minutes).)

– 67 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

16. Clean operation Setting the clean operation cancel CAUTION

cancel
* J231 will be near the MCU so
Add J231 of the wireless unit P.C. board assembly. take steps to ensure that it will
∗ This cancels the auto restart function. not be exposed to excessive
levels of heat.
Also take care to avoid solder
bridging with the surrounding
Hold down the [RESET] button on the indoor unit for components.
at least 3 seconds but not more than 10 seconds.
NOTE
Once J231 is added, the [RESET]
button on the unit is designated for
The indoor unit’s buzzer emits three beeps. CLEAN OPERATION (Set/Cancel),
therefore the [RESET] button can
not be used for the selection
(Set/ Cancel) of AUTO RESTART
function (Refer to 9-3. Auto
This completes the clean operation cancel setting.
Restart Function).

Setting the clean operation

Hold down the [RESET] button on the indoor unit for

at least 3 seconds but not more than 10 seconds.

The indoor unit’s buzzer emits three beeps, and

the OPERATION indicator flashes at 5 Hz intervals.

This completes the clean operation setting.

Indoor P.C. board

J231
J231

IC231
MCC-5068B

– 68 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

17. Select switch on 1. Purpose

remote controller This operation is to operate only one
indoor unit using one remote controller.
2. Description
Push the operation button
on the remote controller. When operating one indoor unit in a
situation where two indoor units have
been installed in the same room or
nearby rooms, this operation prevents the
Select “B” as the setting for remote controller signal from being
YES received simultaneously by both units,
Both indoor units one of the two indoor units and
start operation. for the remote controller. thus preventing both units from operating.
(See below for details.)
3. Operation
NO
The indoor unit on which the remote
controller selection has been set to B
Unnecessary set receives the signal of the remote control-
[Remote controller select] ler also set to B.
(At the factory the remote controller
selection is set to A on all the indoor
units. There is no A setting display.)

Setting the remote controller

Switching between A and B is enabled by cutting the jumper wire
inside the battery box using pliers.
1) Slide open the remote controller cover and remove the batteries.
2) Cut the jumper wire inside the battery compartment using nippers.
• The jumper wire should not remain in contact after being cut.
Jumper wire Also, be careful not to let plastic scraps, jumper wire cuttings or
other debris enter the inside of the remote controller.
3) Insert the batteries. “B” appears in the remote controller display.
∗ Even after the jumper wire has been cut, switching between A
and B is still possible by pushing the CHECK button and FIX
button together.
The A or B setting, which was switched by pushing the CHECK
button and FIX ( / ) button together, is restored to the
setting established prior to the switching when the battery is
replaced or the RESET button is pushed.
∗ When switching between settings “A” and “B”, always switch
the indoor unit board and the remote controller as a pair.
(Otherwise, the indoor unit will not accept the remote
controller’s signals.)
4) Push the RESET button (Indoor unit) to start automatic operation.
Cutting direction 5) Push the button of the remote controller that was set in step 1
to stop the air conditioner.
(This operation will change the setting to “B”.)
6) Check that the remote controller operates the indoor unit.

– 69 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Description

18. Set temperature Indoor Control P.C. Board (Factory Default) 1. Purpose
correction When the difference between the set temp.
Jumper wire of the remote controller and the room temp.
J804 is wide due to the installation condition, etc,
J805
J806 the set temp. is corrected.
J807 (HEAT operation only)
2. Description
IC801
The set temp. received from the remote
controller is corrected.
J804
J805
The correct value from –2°C to +4°C is
L01
J806 changed by the jumper wire on P.C. board of
J807 the indoor microcomputer.

DB01
C03

T101

In HEAT Operation

Jumper wire setup HEAT

J804 J805 shift value

× × –2
× ¡ +4
¡ × +2
¡ ¡ 0 ← At shipment

¡ : With Jumper wire

× : Cut Jumper wire

– 70 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-3. Auto Restart Function
This indoor unit is equipped with an automatic restarting function which allows the unit to restart operating with
the set operating conditions in the event of a power supply being accidentally shut down.
The operation will resume without warning 3 minutes after power is restored.
This function is not set to work when shipped from the factory. Therefore it is necessary to set it to work.

9-3-1. Setting the Auto Restart Function

To set the auto restart function, proceed as follows:
The power supply to the unit must be on ; the function will not set if the power is off.
Push the [RESET] button located in the center of the front panel continuously for 3 seconds.
The unit receives the signal and beeps 3 times.
The unit then restarts operating automatically in the event of power supply being accidentally shut down.

• When the unit is standby (Not operating)

Operation Motions

Push [RESET] button for more than The unit is on standby.

3 seconds. (Less than 10 seconds)
↓ (Push [RESET] button for more than 3 seconds.)
The unit starts to operate. The green indicator is on.
↓ After approx. 3 seconds,
The unit beeps 3 times The green indicator flashes
and continues to operate. for 5 seconds.
If the unit is not required to operate at this time, push [RESET]
button once more or use the remote controller to turn it off.

• When the unit is in operation

Operation Motions

Push [RESET] button for more than The unit is in operation. The green indicator is on.
3 seconds. (Less than 10 seconds)
↓ (Push [RESET] button for more than 3 seconds.)
The unit stops operating. The green indicator is turned off.
↓ After approx. 3 seconds,
The unit beeps 3 times. The green indicator flashes
for 5 seconds.
If the unit is required to operate at this time, push [RESET] button
once more or use the remote controller to turn it on.

NOTE
• After restarting the air conditioner by the AUTO RESTART OPERATION, the louver swing (AUTO) operation
doesn’t resume.
• While the PURE indicator (Orange) is on, the RESET button has the function of air purifier reset button.

– 71 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-3-2. Cancel the Auto Restart Function
To cancel auto restart function, proceed as follows :
Repeat the setting procedure : the unit receives the signal and beeps 3 times.
The unit will be required to be turned on with the remote controller after the main power supply is turned off.

• When the system is on stand-by (not operating)

Operation Motions

Push [RESET] button for more than The unit is on standby.

3 seconds. (Less than 10 seconds)
↓ (Push [RESET] button for more than 3 seconds.)
The unit starts to operate. The green indicator is on.
↓ After approx. 3 seconds,
The unit beeps 3 times and continues to operate.
If the unit is not required to operate at this time, push [RESET]
button once more or use the remote controller to turn it off.

• When the system is operating

Operation Motions

Push [RESET] button for more than The unit is in operation. The green indicator is on.
3 seconds. (Less than 10 seconds)
↓ (Push [RESET] button for more than 3 seconds.)
The unit stops operating. The green indicator is turned off.
↓ After approx. 3 seconds,
The unit beeps 3 times.
If the unit is required to operate at this time, push [RESET] button
once more or use the remote controller to turn it on.

9-3-3. Power Failure During Timer Operation

When the unit is turned off because of power failure during timer operation, the timer operation is cancelled.
In that case, set the timer operation again.

NOTE
The Everyday Timer is reset while a command signal can be received from the remote controller even if it
stopped due to a power failure.

– 72 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-4. Remote Controller and Its Functions
9-4-1. Parts Name of Remote Controller

7 Auto louver button (SWING)

1 Each time you push the SWING button, you can
change the swing mode. (A receiving beep is heard.)
(Vertical swing → Horizontal swing → Vertical and
Horizontal swing → Stop swinging)
Push the button again to stop the swinging mode.
(A receiving beep is heard.)
8 ON timer button (ON)
Use this button to change the clock and ON timer times.

To move up the time, push of the ON ON button.

To move down the time, push of the ON button.

17
ON

14
4 9 OFF timer button (OFF)
Use this button to change the OFF timer times.
3 16
2 To move up the time, push of the OFF OFF button.
12 15
13 To move down the time, push of the OFF OFF button.
7 5 10 Reserve button (SET)
6 18 Push this button to store the time settings.
11 10 (A receiving beep is heard.)
11 Cancel button (CLR)
8 9 Push this button to cancel the ON timer and OFF
timer. (A receiving beep is heard.)
12 High power button (Hi POWER)
Push this button to start high power operation.

1 Infrared signal transmitter 13 Memory button (MEMO)

Transmits signals to the indoor unit. Push this button to ready for storing the settings.
Hold down the button for 3 seconds or more to store
2 button the mark is displayed.
Push the button to start operation.
(A receiving beep is heard.) 14 Automatic operation button (AUTO)
Push the button again to stop operation. Push this button to operate the air conditioner
(A receiving beep is heard.) automatically. (A receiving beep is heard.)
If the receiving beep isn’t heard from the indoor
unit, push the button again.
15 SLEEP MODE button
Push this button to start sleep mode.
3 Mode select button (MODE)
16 MY COMFORT button
Push this button to select a mode.
Push this button to operate the air conditioner
Each time you push the button, the modes cycle in according to the settings stored using the MEMO
order from A: Auto change over control, button.
: COOL, : DRY, : HEAT and back to A.
(A receiving beep is heard.) 17 PURE button (PURE)
4 Temperature button ( TEMP )
Push this button to start the electrical air purifying
operation.
... The temperature setting is raised to 30°C.
Push the button again to stop operation.
... The temperature setting is lowered to 17°C.
(A receiving beep is heard.) 18 Fan speed button (FAN)
5 Set horizontal air flow button (FIX)
Push this button to select the fan speed.
When you select AUTO, the fan speed is automati-
Push this button to adjust the horizontal air flow
direction. (A receiving beep is heard.) cally adjusted according to the room temperature.
You can also manually select the desired fan speed
6 Set vertical air flow button (FIX) from five available settings.
Push this button to adjust the vertical air flow (LOW , LOW+ , MED , MED+ ,
direction. (A receiving beep is heard.) HIGH ) (A receiving beep is heard.)

– 73 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-4-2. Name and Functions of Indications on Remote Controller
[Display]
All indications, except for the clock time indicator, are displayed by pushing the button.

1 Transmission mark 8 (MEMORY) indicator

This transmission mark indicates when the remote Flashes for 3 seconds when the MEMO button is
controller transmits signals to the indoor unit. pushed during operation.
2 Mode indicator
The mark is shown when holding down the
button for 3 seconds or more while the mark is
Indicates the current operation mode. flashing. Push another button to turn off the mark.
(AUTO : Automatic control, A : Auto changeover
control, : Cool, : Dry, : Heat) 9 SLEEP mode indicator
3 Temperature indicator
Indicates when the SLEEP MODE is in activated.
Push the SLEEP MODE button to start and push it
Indicates the temperature setting. (17°C to 30°C)
again to stop operation.
4 PURE indicator
10 A, B change indicator remote controller
Shows that the electrical air purifying operation is in
progress. When the remote controller switching function is
set, “B” appears in the remote controller display.
5 FAN speed indicator (When the remote controller setting is “A”, there is
Indicates the selected fan speed. no indication at this position.)
AUTO or five fan speed levels
(LOW , LOW+ , MED , MED+ , NOTE
HIGH ) can be shown.
Indicates AUTO when the operating mode is either Remote controller switching function
AUTO or : Dry. • If two indoor units are installed in the same room
6 TIMER and clock time indicator
or adjoining rooms, both units may start and stop
at the same time when the remote controller is
The time setting for timer operation or the clock time
operated.
is indicated.
The current time is always indicated except during This can be prevented by setting the switching
TIMER operation. function so that each indoor unit is operated only
by the corresponding remote controller.
7 Hi POWER indicator
• To use the remote controller switching function,
Indicates when the Hi POWER operation starts.
refer to 9-17.
Push the Hi POWER button to start and push it again
to stop the operation.

1 2 10
3 4 8

AUTO

9 7 5 6

– 74 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 9-5. Hi POWER Mode
When [Hi POWER] button is pushed while the indoor unit is in Auto, Cooling or Heating operation, Hi POWER
mark is indicated on the display of the remote controller and the unit operates according to the present opera-
tion mode as described below.
1. Automatic operation
The preset temperature changes according to the operation mode selected.
In the Cooling operation, the preset temperature drops by 1°C.
In the Heating operation, the preset temperature increases by 2°C.
2. Cooling operation (Manual)
The preset temperature drops 1°C.
(The value of the preset temperature on the remote controller does not change.)
3. Heating operation (Manual)
The preset temperature increases 2°C.
(The value of the preset temperature on the remote controller does not change.)
4. The Hi POWER mode can not be set in Dry operation
5. Release of Hi POWER mode
Push [Hi POWER] button on the remote controller again.

9-6. Intermittent Operation Control for Indoor Fans of the Indoor Unit at Thermo-off
Side in Heating Operation
While heating operation is executed in two rooms, if room temperature reached the setup temperature in one
room and thermo-off occurred, the following operations start. (Refer to the figure below.)
1. The indoor unit of the room (A room) in which thermo-off did not occur starts a continuous operation with
the setup number of revolution.
2. The indoor unit of the room (B room) in which thermo-off occurred starts intermittent operation of the indoor
fan.
The indoor fan operates with number of revolution of UL or SUL. Fan-ON time is 2 minutes and Fan-OFF
time is 2 to 4 minutes.
However if temperature of the indoor heat exchanger becomes over 55°C or more in B room, the indoor fan
stops the intermittent operation and starts continuous operation.
While heating operation is executed in 2 rooms, if room temperature reached the setup temperature in both
rooms and thermo-off occurred, both indoor units start intermittent operation of the indoor fan.

Indoor fan: Operates with setup number of revolution

A room
Thermo-ON continues

0 rpm
B room thermo-OFF B room thermo-ON

B room thermo-ON
Operated with setup number
↓ of revolution
Thermo-OFF
↓
Thermo-ON UL UL UL ∗1 Operated with UL or SUL
(∗1) (∗1) (∗1)
0 rpm
Fan stop Fan stop Fan stop

T on T on T on
T off T off T off
T on=2 min.
∗ In case which Tc sensor temperature exceeds 55˚C T off time
in B room, the fan stops intermittent operation and To < 5˚C 2 min.
starts continuous operation with UL or SUL (∗1).
5 < To < 10 3 min.
10 < To 4 min.

– 75 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

10-1. Safety Cautions

The indoor unit shall be installed For the rear left and left piping
Hook
so that the top of the indoor unit 70 mm or more
is positioned at least 2 m high.
Hook Wall
Also, avoid putting anything
[1] Installation plate
on the top of the indoor unit.
160 mm or more

[5] Mounting screw Insert the cushion between

2m the indoor unit and wall, and
or more 180 mm tilt the indoor unit for better
or more
Hook installation work.
Hook

Do not allow the drain hose

to become slack.

Connecting
cable Cut the piping hole
slightly sloped
[Z] Shield pipe
(for extension drain hose)
Air filters
Make sure the drain hose is
sloped downward.
CAUTION
Install in rooms that are 5 m³ or larger. The auxiliary piping can be
If a leak of refrigerant gas occurs inside the room,
an oxygen deficiency can occur. connected at the left, rear left,
rear right, right, bottom right
80 mm or more only when unobstructed or bottom left as shown below.
to the front and both sides.
[Y]
50 mm or more Right
In principle, from wall
leave open
(C)
(D)
100 mm or more Rear right Left
As shown in the figure, Rear left
from wall position power cord and
[2] Wireless connecting cable downward, Bottom right
remote controller and lead out along piping Bottom left
connection port.
200 mm or more
Insulate the refrigerant pipes
(B) 250 mm or more
from wall separately, not together.
(A)
[4] Remote controller
holder
[6] Remote controller holder Connecting cable
mounting screw
Power cord
When installing the outdoor unit, 8 mm thick heat resisting
leave open in at least two of directions Extension drain hose polyethylene foam
(A), (B), (C) and (D) shown in the right figure.
Ensure sufficient space
to allow drainage

Before installing the wireless remote controller

• With the remote controller cover removed, [2] Wireless remote controller
correctly load the supplied batteries while observing their polarity.
Cover

[3] Batteries

• If the system will be used in cooling mode when the outdoor temperature is below zero, take measures to
ensure that the drain water does not freeze.
• When the outdoor unit is installed in a place that is always exposed to strong winds like on the coast or on a
high story of a building, secure the normal fan operation using a duct or a wind shield.

– 76 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-2. Optional Parts, Accessories and Tools
10-2-1. Optional Installation Parts

Part Code Parts name Q’ty

Refrigerant piping

Indoor unit name Liquid side Gas side

(Outer diameter) (Outer diameter)

[Y] RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M10PKVP-ND 6.35 mm 9.52 mm 1 ea.

RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-ND
RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-ND 6.35 mm 12.7 mm
RAS-M18PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-ND
[Z] Shield pipe (for extension drain hose) (polyethylene foam, 8 mm thick) 1

600
Attachment bolt arrangement of outdoor unit
Elongated drain hole Suction side
• Secure the outdoor unit with the attachment bolts and 54

30
108 125
[8]
nuts if the unit is likely to be exposed to a strong wind.

86
• Use dia. 8 mm or dia. 10 mm anchor bolts and nuts.

290
320
• If it is necessary to drain the defrost water, attach drain nipple
to the base plate of the outdoor unit before installing it.
30 Drain hole
Diffuser [7]

10-2-2. Accessory and Installation Parts

Part No. Part name (Q’ty) Part No. Part name (Q’ty) Part No. Part name (Q’ty)

[1] [4] [7]

Installation plate × 1 Remote controller holder × 1 Drain nipple ∗ × 1

[2] [5] [8]

Mounting screw
Wireless remote controller × 1 Ø4 × 25L × 7 Water-proof rubber cap ∗ × 2

Parts marked with asterisk (∗) are

packaged with the outdoor unit.
[3] [6] <Others>
Remote controller holder
mounting screw
Name
Battery × 2 Ø3.1 × 16L × 2
Owner’s manual (Indoor unit)

Installation manual

Important information
and warning*
This model is not equipped with an extension drain hose. B/W strips
• For the extension drain hose, use a commercially available one. (Energy efficiency labels)

– 77 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-2-3. Installation/Servicing Tools

Changes in the product and components

In the case of an air conditioner using R410A, in order to prevent any other refrigerant from being charged
accidentally, the service port diameter of the outdoor unit control valve (3-way valve) has been changed.
(1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch)
• In order to increase the pressure resisting strength of the refrigerant piping flare processing diameter and
size of opposite side of flare nuts has been changed. (for copper pipes with nominal dimensions 1/2 and 5/8)

New tools for R410A

New tools for R410A Applicable to R22 model Changes

As pressure is high, it is impossible to measure by means of

Gauge manifold × conventional gauge. In order to prevent any other refrigerant from
being charged, each port diameter has been changed.

In order to increase pressure resisting strength, hose materials and

Charge hose × port size have been changed (to 1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch).
When purchasing a charge hose, be sure to confirm the port size.

As pressure is high and gasification speed is fast, it is difficult to

Electronic balance
for refrigerant charging ¡ read the indicated value by means of charging cylinder, as air
bubbles occur.

The size of opposite sides of flare nuts have been increased.

Torque wrench
(nominal diam. 1/2, 5/8) × Incidentally, a common wrench is used for nominal diameters 1/4
and 3/8.

By increasing the clamp bar’s receiving hole, strength of spring in

Flare tool (clutch type)
¡ the tool has been improved.

Gauge for projection

adjustment — — Used when flare is made by using conventional flare tool.

Connected to conventional vacuum pump. It is necessary to use

an adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from flowing back to the

¡
charge hose. The charge hose connecting part has two ports-one
Vacuum pump adapter for conventional refrigerant (7/16 UNF 20 threads per inch) and
one for R410A. If the vacuum pump oil (mineral) mixes with R410A
a sludge may occur and damage the equipment.

Gas leakage detector × Exclusive for HFC refrigerant.

• Incidentally, the “refrigerant cylinder” comes with the refrigerant designation (R410A) and protector coating in the
U. S’s ARI specified rose color (ARI color code: PMS 507).
• Also, the “charge port and packing for refrigerant cylinder” require 1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch corresponding to
the charge hose’s port size.

– 78 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-3. Indoor Unit 10-3-2. Drilling and Mounting Installation
Plate
10-3-1. Installation Place
• A place which provides enough spaces around u Drilling
the indoor unit as shown in the diagram. When installing the refrigerant pipes from the rear.
• A place where there are no obstacle near the air
inlet and outlet.
1 m from Dia. 80 mm
unit edge
• A place which allows easy installation of the
piping to the outdoor unit. 100 mm to pipe
hole enter m
• A place which allows the front panel to be 100 mm

opened.
Pipe
• The indoor unit shall be installed so that the top of 45 mm
hole

the indoor unit is positioned at least 2m in height.

• Also, avoid putting anything on the top of the
indoor unit.
Fig. 10-3-2

u Remote controller 1) Decide the installation plate mounting position on

the wall.
• Should be placed where there are no obstacles,
such as curtains, that may block the signal. 2) Mark the corresponding pipe hole wall positions
according to the positioning marks ( ð ) on the
• Do not install the remote controller in a place
installation plate.
exposed to direct sunlight or close to a heating
source, such as a stove. 3) Drill the pipe holes (Dia. 65 mm or Dia. 80 mm)
slightly slanted downward to the outside.
• Keep the remote controller at least 1 m away
from the nearest TV set or stereo equipment.
(This is necessary to prevent image distur- NOTE
bances or noise interference.)
• When drilling into a wall that contains a metal lath,
• Do not install near high-frequency devices or wire lath or metal plate, be sure to use a pipe hole
wireless devices. brim ring sold separately.
• The location of the remote controller should be • The unit is designed to enable installation using
determined as shown below. holes of 65 mm in diameter.
However, if installation is difficult, make holes that
are 80 mm in diameter.
(Side view) (Top view)
Indoor unit

Indoor unit
CAUTION
Completely fill in the gaps in the pipe holes with
Reception noncombustible material (such as putty) to prevent
Reception Remote range condensation and fire in the casing.
range controller Remote controller
*: Axial distance

u Mounting the installation plate

Fig. 10-3-1 Positions recommended for
securing the screws (4 places)
Anchor bolt holes
Level (magnetic-backed)
holder

100 mm

100 mm
[1] Installation plate

Pipe hole
[5] Mounting screw
Pipe hole Indoor unit

Fig. 10-3-3

– 79 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 u Mounting the installation plate directly on 10-3-3. Electrical Work
a wall 1. The supply voltage must be the same as the
1) Securely fit the installation plate onto the wall rated voltage of the air conditioner.
by screws with the upper and lower catches. 2. Prepare a power source for the exclusive use of
2) To mount the installation plate on a concrete the air conditioner.
wall use anchor bolts. Drill the anchor bolt
holes as illustrated in the above figure. NOTE
3) Place the level at the top end of the installation • Wire type: H07RN-F or 60245IEC66 (1.0 mm²)
plate, and check that the plate is horizontal.
• Make sure the wire length is sufficient before
performing wiring work.
CAUTION
When installing the installation plate with mounting
screws, do not use anchor bolt holes.
Otherwise the unit may fall down and result in
personal injury and property damage.

Anchor bolt

Projection
15mm or less

Fig. 10-3-4

5 mm dia. hole

[5] Mounting screw

Ø4 × 25L

Clip anchor
(local parts)

Fig. 10-3-5

CAUTION
Failure to securely install the unit may result in per-
sonal injury and/or property damage if the unit falls.

• In case of block, brick, concrete or similar type

walls, drill 5 mm dia. holes in the wall.
• Insert clip anchors for the [5] mounting screws.

NOTE
Install the installation plate using between 4 to 6
mounting screws, making sure all four corners are
secure.

– 80 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-3-4. Wiring Connection

u Connecting cable
Wiring the connecting cable can be carried
out without removing the front panel. Termin l cov r Screw Terminal block

1. Remove the air inlet grille.

Open the air inlet grille upward and pull it
toward you.
Earth wire
2. Remove the terminal cover and cord clamp.
3. Insert the connecting cable (or as according Screw
to local regulations/codes) into the pipe hole Connecting cable
on the wall.
4. Pull the connecting cable through the cable
slot on the rear panel so that it protrudes Cord clamp

about 15 cm out of the front.

5. Insert the connecting cable fully into the Fig. 10-3-6
terminal block and secure it tightly with
screws.
Make a loop with the earth wire under the
Terminal block
terminal block and secure it with the earth
screw.
6. Tightening torque: 1.2 N•m (0.12 kgf•m)
7. Secure the connecting cable with the cord
clamp.
Earth wire(loop)
8. Attach the terminal cover and moving panel
on the indoor unit.
Earth screw

CAUTION
• Be sure to refer to the wiring system diagram Fig. 10-3-7
labelled inside the front panel.
• Check local electrical regulations for any specific
wiring instructions or limitations.
Connecting cable

about 15 cm

Fig. 10-3-8

110 mm Earth line

10 mm

10 mm
50 mm

Fig. 10-3-9

NOTE
• Connecting cable (Indoor unit/outdoor unit)
• Wire type: H07RN-F or 60245IEC66 (1.0 mm²)

– 81 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-3-5. Piping and Drain Hose Installation 4) Attach the drain cap
• Insert hexagonal wrench (4 mm).
u Piping and drain hose forming
Since condensation results in machine trouble,
make sure to insulate both the connecting pipes
separately.
(Use polyethylene foam as insulating material.)

Rear right

Piping preparation
4 mm
Rear left

drain hose
Changing
Fig. 10-3-13
Bottom left
Front panel slit

5) Firmly insert drain cap.

Left
Die-cutting

Bottom right No gap

Right Do not apply lubricating oil

(refrigerant machine oil)
when inserting the drain cap.
If applied, deterioration and
Fig. 10-3-10 drain leakage of the drain
Insert a hexagon plug may occur.
wrench (Ø4mm)

u Relocating drain hose

Fig. 10-3-14
For left connection, left-bottom connection and
rear-left connection’s piping, it is necessary to
relocate the drain hose and drain cap. 6) Attach the drain hose
1) Cutting front panel slit. Insert the drain hose firmly until the
connector contacts with the insulation, then
Cut out the slit on the left or right side of the
secure it in place using the original screw.
front panel for the left or right connection and
the slit on the bottom left or right side of the Always use the original screw that se-
front panel for the bottom left or right connec- cured the drain hose to the unit. If using a
tion with a pair of nippers. different screw may cause water to leak.
2) Remove the drain cap
Clamp drain cap with needle-nose pliers, and CAUTION
pull out.
Securely insert the drain hose and drain cap;
otherwise, water may leak.

NOTE Unit

The packaged foam polystyrene can

be used to make replacement of the
Foam polystyrene
Fig. 10-3-11 drain cap and drain hose easier. of package

3) Remove the drain horse

The drain hose is secured in place by a screw. u Piping on the right side or the left side
Remove the screw securing the drain hose, • After making slits on the front panel with a
then pull out the drain hose. knife or similar tool, cut them out with a pair of
nippers or an equivalent tool.

Screw Slit
Drain hose

Fig. 10-3-12 Fig. 10-3-15

– 82 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 u Piping on the bottom right or the bottom left
• After making slits on the front panel with a
CAUTION
knife or similar tool, cut them out with a pair of • Bind the auxiliary pipes (two) and connecting
nippers or an equivalent tool. cable with facing tape tightly.
In case of leftward piping and rear-leftward piping,
bind the auxiliary pipes (two) only with facing tape.

Slit

Fig. 10-3-16 Indoor unit

Auxiliary pipes
Connecting
u Left-hand connection with piping cable

Bend the connecting pipes so that they are Installation plate

positioned within 43 mm above the wall surface.
If the connecting pipes are positioned more than
43 mm above the wall surface, the indoor unit
may be unstable. Fig. 10-3-18
When bending the connecting pipe, make sure
to use a spring bender to avoid crushing the pipe. • Carefully arrange the pipes so that none of the
pipes stick out of the rear plate of the indoor unit.
Refer to the table below for the bending
• Carefully connect the auxiliary pipes and
radius of each connection pipe. connecting pipes to each other and cut off the
insulating tape wound on the connecting pipe to
Outer diameter Bending radius
avoid double-taping at the joint, moreover, seal
6.35 mm 30 mm the joint with the vinyl tape, etc.
9.52 mm 40 mm • Since condensation can result in machine
performance trouble, be sure to insulate both
12.7 mm 50 mm connecting pipes.
(Use polyethylene foam as insulating material.)
Connect the pipe after installation of the • When bending a pipe, be careful not to crush it.
unit (figure)

(To the front flare)

270 mm Gas side

230 mm
Liquid side

R30 or less (Dia. 6.35), R40 or less (Dia. 9.52), R50 or less (Dia. 12.7)
Make sure to use a spring bender to avoid crushing the pipe.
43 mm

Outward form of indoor unit

Use a screwdriver handle, etc.

Fig. 10-3-17

NOTE
If the pipe is incorrectly bent, the indoor unit may be
unstable on the wall.
After passing the connecting pipe through the pipe
hole, connect the connecting pipe to the auxiliary
pipes and wrap the facing tape around them.

– 83 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-3-6. Indoor Unit Installation 10-3-7. Drainage
1. Pass the pipe through the hole in the wall, and 1. Run the drain hose at a downward sloped angle.
hook the indoor unit on the installation plate at
the upper hooks. NOTE
2. Swing the indoor unit to right and left to confirm
that it is firmly hooked on the installation plate. • Hole should be made at a slight downward slant
on the outdoor side.
3. While pushing the indoor unit onto the wall, hook
it at the lower part on the installation plate.
Pull the indoor unit toward you to confirm that it Do not rise the drain hose. Do not form the drain hose
is firmly hooked on the installation plate. into the waved shape.

4. Pull the connecting cable through the cable slot

on the rear panel so that it protrudes about 50 mm
or more
15 cm out of the front.

Do not put the Do not put the drain

drain hose end hose end in the
into water. drainage ditch.
1 Hook here
[1] Installation plate
Fig. 10-3-21

2
2. Put water in the drain pan and make sure that
Hook the water is being drained outside.
3. When connecting extension drain hose, insulate
the connection part of extension drain hose with
Fig. 10-3-19 shield pipe.
• For detaching the indoor unit from the installation
plate pull the indoor unit toward you while pushing Shield pipe
the bottom up at the specified places.

Drain hose Inside the room Extension drain hose

Fig. 10-3-22

Push
Push CAUTION
Install the drain pipe for proper drainage.
Push (unhook)
Improper drainage can result in water dripping
inside the room.

Fig. 10-3-20 This air conditioner has been designed to drain

water collected from condensation which forms on
the back of the indoor unit, to the drain pan.
Therefore, do not locate the power cord and other
parts at a high place above the drain guide.

Wall

Drain
guide

Space for
pipes

Fig. 10-3-23

– 84 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-4. Outdoor Unit
CAUTION
10-4-1. Accessory and Installation Parts
1. Install the outdoor unit without anything blocking
the air discharging.
2. When the outdoor unit is installed in a place
exposed always to a strong wind like a coast or
 on a high story of a building, secure the normal
fan operation using a duct or a wind shield.
Outdoor unit installation manual × 1 3. Especially in windy area, install the unit to
prevent the admission of wind.
SPECIFICATIONS

‚
Strong
wind
Specifications × 1

10-4-2. Refrigerant Piping Fig. 10-4-1

• Piping kit used for the conventional refrigerant
cannot be used. 4. Installation in the following places may result in
trouble. Do not install the unit in such places.
• Use copper pipe with 0.8 mm or more thickness.
• A place full of machine oil.
• Flare nut and flare works are also different from
those of the conventional refrigerant. • A place full of sulfide gas.
Take out the flare nut attached to the main unit of • A place where high-frequency waves are likely
the air conditioner, and use it. to be generated as from audio equipment,
welders, and medical equipment.
• A saline-place such as a coast.
10-4-3. Installation Place
• A place which provides the spaces around the
outdoor unit. 10-4-4. Optional Installation Parts
• A place where the operation noise and dis- (Local Supply)
charged air do not disturb your neighbors.
• A place which is not exposed to a strong wind. Parts name Q’ty
• A place which does not block a passageway.
Refrigerant piping
• When the outdoor unit is to be installed in an A Liquid side : Ø6.35 mm Each one
elevated position, be sure to secure its feet. Gas side : Ø9.52 mm or Ø12.7 mm
• There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the
Pipe insulating material
unit into and out of the site. B 1
(polyethylene foam, 6 mm thick)
• A place where the drain water does not raise any
problem. C Putty, PVC tapes Each one

• A place which can bear the weight of the outdoor

unit and does not allow an increase in noise level
and vibration.

– 85 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-4-5. Refrigerant Piping Connection • Flaring size : A (Unit : mm) A

CAUTION
Fig. 10-4-4
KEEP IMPORTANT 4 POINTS FOR PIPING WORK A
+0
- 0.4
1. Keep dust and moisture from entering the pipes. Outer dia. of copper pipe
R410A R22
2. Tight connection (between pipes and unit)
6.35 9.1 9.0
3. Evacuate the air in the connecting pipes using
VACUUM PUMP. 9.52 13.2 13.0

4. Check gas leak. (connected points) 12.7 16.6 16.2

∗ In the case of flaring for R410A with the

conventional flare tool, pull out it approx. 0.5 mm
u Flaring more than that for R22 to adjust to the specified
1. Cut the pipe with a pipe cutter. flare size. The copper pipe gauge is useful for
adjusting projection margin size.

10-4-6. Installation
90˚ Obliquity Roughness Warp
NOTE
For installation, at least 3 dimensions should be
kept free from obstacles (walls).

Fig. 10-4-2

600mm or more
2. Insert a flare nut into the pipe, and flare the
pipe. As the flaring sizes of R410A differ from
those of refrigerant R22, the flare tools newly 100m
from m or mo m or all
manufactured for R410A are recommended. wall re
100mfrom w
more
However, the conventional tools can be used
by adjusting projection margin of the copper
pipe. 600m
from m or mo
wall re
more
m or
600m
• Projection margin in flaring : B
B (Unit : mm)

Rigid (Clutch type)

Fig. 10-4-3 As shown in the figure, hang power cord
and connecting cable downward, and
R410A tool used Conventional tool used take out it along piping connection port.
Outer dia. of
copper pipe
R410A R22 R410A R22
Fig. 10-4-5
6.35 0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0

9.52 0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0 Fixing bolt arrangement of outdoor unit
12.7 0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0 600
Suction side

Imperial (Wing nut type)

365

Outer dia. of copper pipe R410A R22

Fig. 10-4-6
6.35 1.5 to 2.0 1.0 to 1.5 Diffuser
• Secure the outdoor unit with the fixing bolts and nuts
9.52 1.5 to 2.0 1.0 to 1.5
if the unit is likely to be exposed to a strong wind.
12.7 2.0 to 2.5 1.5 to 2.0 • Use Ø8 mm or Ø10 mm anchor bolts and nuts.

– 86 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 1. Piping connections to the outdoor unit should be u How to remove the side panel
arranged in the sequence A, B, C, D starting 1. Remove 3 screws of the side panel.
from the bottom.
2. Pull the side panel downward.
(For each piping connection, the gas pipe is on
the bottom and the liquid pipe is on the top.)
2. When multiple indoor units are to be connected to
the outdoor unit, make the ends of the pipes and
wires from each indoor unit to ensure that they will
be connected to the outdoor unit correctly.
(Problems caused by indoor units being con-
nected to the outdoor unit incorrectly are very
common in multiple-unit installations.) Side panel
3. The length and height difference of the connect-
ing pipes between the indoor and outdoor units
must be within the ranges indicated below. Fig. 10-4-8
• Total piping length :
4 units (A + B + C + D) Multi, u Tightening connection
Non. Additional refrigerant ................. 70 m Align the centers of the connecting pipes and
3 units (A + B + C) Multi, tighten the flare nut as far as possible with your
Non. Additional refrigerant ................. 50 m fingers.
• Minimum piping length : Then tighten the nut with a spanner and torque
A or B or C or D = 2 m or more wrench as shown in the figure.
• Maximum indoor piping length :
A or B or C or D = 25 m or less CAUTION
• Maximum piping height difference :
A or B or C or D = 15 m or less • Do not apply excess torque.
• Maximum piping/height difference between Otherwise, the nut may break.
2 units = 15 m or less
(Unit : N·m)
A C
Outer dia. of copper pipe Tightening torque
15 m or less

Ø6.35 mm 14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8 kgf•m)

Outdoor
unit D Ø9.52 mm 33 to 42 (3.3 to 4.2 kgf•m)

Ø12.7 mm 50 to 62 (5.0 to 6.2 kgf•m)

B

Fig. 10-4-7

4. Connect 2 or more indoor units for heat pump.

5. If the outdoor units is to be mounted on a wall,
make sure that the platform supporting it is
sufficiently strong.
The platform should be designed and manufac-
tured to maintain its strength over a long period
of time, and sufficient consideration should be
given to ensuring that the outdoor unit will not fall.
6. When the outdoor unit is to be mounted high on
a wall, take particular care to ensure that parts
do not fall installer is protected.
7. When doing installation work on level ground, it
is usual to wiring and piping connections to the
indoor units. And/then make to the outdoor unit.
However if outdoor work is difficult it is possible
instead to make changes to the procedure.
For example by making adjustments to the wiring
and piping length on the inside (rather than the
outside).

– 87 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 • Tightening torque of flare pipe 10-4-7. Evacuating
The pressure of R410A is higher than R22. After the piping has been connected to all indoor unit(s),
(Approx. 1.6 times) you can perform the air purge together at once.
Therefore securely tighten the flare pipes which
connect the outdoor unit and indoor unit with the AIR PURGE
specified tightening torque using a torque wrench.
Evacuate the air in the connecting pipes and in the
If any flare pipe is incorrectly connected, it may indoor unit using vacuum pump.
cause not only a gas leakage but also trouble in
Do not use the refrigerant in the outdoor unit.
the refrigeration cycle.
For details, see the manual of vacuum pump.
Flare at
indoor
unit side
u Use a vacuum pump
Be sure to use a vacuum pump with counter-flow
prevention function so that inside oil of the pump
does not flow backward into pipes of the air
conditioner when the pump stops.
Flare at (If inside oil of the vacuum pump enters into the
outdoor
unit side air conditioner which adopts R410A, a trouble of
the refrigeration cycle may be caused.)
Fig. 10-4-9
1. Connect the charge hose from the manifold valve
to the service port of the gas side packed valve.
2. Connect the charge hose to the port of vacuum
Half union Flare nut pump.
Externally Internally
3. Open fully the low pressure side handle of the
threaded side threaded side gauge manifold valve.
4. Operate the vacuum pump to start for evacuating.
Use a wrench to secure. Use a torque wrench to tighten. Perform evacuating for about 35 minutes if the
piping length is total 70 meters. (25 minutes for
total 50 meters) (assuming a pump capacity of
Fig. 10-4-10 27 liters per minute.)
Then confirm that the compound pressure gauge
reading is –101 kPa ( –76 cmHg).
5. Close the low pressure side valve handle of
4M27 only
Ø6.35 gauge manifold.
D Ø9.52 D UNIT 6. Open fully the valve stem of the packed valves
(both sides of Gas and Liquid).
Ø6.35 7. Remove the charging hose from the service port.
C Ø9.52 C UNIT 8. Securely tighten the caps on the packed valves.
Outdoor
unit Ø6.35

B Ø9.52 B UNIT Compound pressure gauge Pressure gauge

Ø6.35 –101kPa (–76cmHg)

Manifold valve
A Ø12.7 A UNIT Handle Lo
Handle Hi
(Keep full closed)
Indoor unit Charge hose
(For R410A only) Charge hose
(For R410A only)

Packed valve Vacuum pump adapter

at liquid side for counter-flow prevention
Fig. 10-4-11 (For R410A only)

Connectable capacity class Vacuum

pump
A B C D Total
10, 13 16 16
— Service port
3M26 (with reducer) (with expander) (with expander) 45 (Valve core (Setting pin))
16 10, 13 10, 13 — Packed valve at gas side
10, 13 16 16 16
4M27 (with reducer) (with expander) (with expander) (with expander) 52
16 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 Fig. 10-4-12

– 88 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 u Packed valve handling precautions 3 units (A + B + C) Multi
• Open the valve stem all the way out ; do not try
Terminal block (Connecting cable)
to open it beyond the stopper.
• Securely tighten the valve stem cap in torque
is as follows :

Gas side (Ø12.7 mm) 50 to 62 N•m (5.0 to 6.2 kgf•m)

Gas side (Ø9.52 mm) 33 to 42 N•m (3.3 to 4.2 kgf•m) Screw

Liquid side (Ø6.35 mm) 14 to 18 N•m (1.4 to 1.8 kgf•m)

Connecting cable
Service port 14 to 18 N•m (1.4 to 1.8 kgf•m) (B unit)
Connecting cable Connecting cable Power cord
(A unit) (C unit)
Hexagonal wrench is required.
Fig. 10-4-14

m 4 units (A + B + C + D) Multi
4m
Terminal block
(Connecting cable)

Fig. 10-4-13

Screw

10-4-8. Electrical Work

Connecting cable Connecting cable
For the air conditioner that has no power cord, Connecting cable
(B unit)
Connecting cable
(D unit)
Power cord
connect a power cord to it as mentioned below. (A unit) (C unit)

3 Units Multi 4 Units Multi Fig.10-4-15

Model
3M26GAV-E1 4M27GAV-E1

Power supply
220 – 240 V ~50 Hz CAUTION
220 – 240 V ~60 Hz
Maximum running
16.4 A 17.0 A • Wrong wiring connection may cause some electrical
current parts burn out.
Installation 20 A breaker of fuse • Be sure to use the cord clamps specified positions
fuse rating (All types can be used.) with attached to the product.
Power cord
H07 RN-F or 245 IEC 66 • Do not damage or scratch the conductive core and
(2.5 mm² or more) inner insulator of power and inter-connecting cables
when peeling them.
• Be sure to comply with local cords on running the
u Wiring connection wire from outdoor unit to indoor unit (size of wire and
wiring method etc.)
1. Remove the side panel and cord clamp from
• Use the power cord and Inter-connecting cable with
the outdoor unit.
specified thickness, specified type, and protective
2. Connect the connecting cable to the terminal devices specified.
as identified by the matching numbers on the
terminal block of indoor and outdoor unit.
u Stripping length power cord and connect-
3. Insert the power cord and the connecting
ing cable
cable fully into the terminal block and secure
it tightly with screws. 10 10
L N 1 2 3
4. Insulate the unused cords (conductors) from 10 10
water entering in the outdoor unit. Locate
them so that they do not touch any electrical 40 40
or metal parts. 30 30
5. Secure the power cord and the connecting
cable with the cord clamp. Earth line Earth line
6. Attach the side panel on the outdoor unit. Power cord Connecting
cable

Fig. 10-4-16

– 89 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-4-8. Check and Test Operation 10-4-9. Miswiring (Mispiping) Check
Make sure that the wiring and piping for each room
have the same alphabetical codes (A, B, C, D).
For R410A, use the leak detector exclusively manu-
factured for HFC refrigerant (R410A, R134a, etc.). Connect and secure the power cord.
Use the power cord/cables with thickness, type and
protective devices specified in this manual.
* The conventional leak detector for HCFC refriger- Insulate the unused cords (conductors) with PVC tape.
ant (R22, etc.) cannot be used because its sensi-
1. Turn on the power breaker.
tivity for HFC refrigerant lowers to approx. 1/40.
2. Open side panel of the outdoor unit.
• Pressure of R410A becomes approx. 1.6 times of
that of R22. 3. Set the all indoor units to COOL mode.
If installation work is incompletely finished, a gas • It is unnecessary to set the temperature.
leakage may occur in the cases such as pressure • Miswiring check can not be executed when
rise during operation. outdoor air temperature is 5°C or less.
Therefore, be sure to test the piping connections 4. Start the check.
for leaking. • Disconnect the miswiring check connector
(color : Red) from P.C. board of inverter.
5. During check (Check time 3 to 20 minutes).
• When an error describes in the table below
occurred check operation stops and error code
is displayed on LED.
Flare nut connections 6. After check, the result of check is displayed on
(Indoor unit)
LED.
• Service port cap • The Comp. stop when miswiring (mispiping)
connection Flare nut connections error occurred.
(Outdoor unit)
• Valve stem cap
connection • Confirm the contents of table below.
• Turn off the power breaker.
Fig. 10-4-17 • Correct miswiring/mispiping.
• Execute the check operation again.
• Check the flare nut connections, valve stem cap • Automatically return to the normal operation
connections and service port cap connections for when it is normal.
gas leak with a leak detector or soap water. 7. Return to normal operation.
• To return to the normal operation during check
CAUTION operation or after miswiring (mispiping) error is
determined, connect the miswiring check
• Use a circuit breaker of a type that is not tripped connector.
by shock waves.
• If incorrect/incomplete wiring is carried out, it will
cause an electrical fire or smoke.
• Prepare the power supply for exclusive use with
the air conditioner.
• This product can be connected to the mains.
Connection to fixed wiring :
A switch or circuit breaker which disconnects all
poles and has a contact separation of at least
3 mm must be incorporate in the fixed wiring.
An approved short circuit breaker or switches
must be used.
∗ (A breaker having a sensitivity of approxi-
mately 0.1 second or less and a capacity of
approximately 30 mA is usually used.)

– 90 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 u Miswiring (mispiping) check by LED Indication
• For this outdoor unit, the self-miswiring (mispiping) check is possible by using five LEDs (1 Yellow + 4 Red).
∗ LEDs (D800 to D804) locate on the sub-control board underneath of the inverter.

LED D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Description

l l l l l Normal operation (no error)

¥ ¥ l l l Checking A unit
LED
¥ l ¥ l l Checking B unit D800 D801 D802 D803 D804
During check
¥ l l ¥ l Checking C unit Red
Yellow
∗1 ¥ l l l ¥ Checking D unit

¥ ¤ l l l Crush/Clog of Pipe A

¥ l ¤ l l Crush/Clog of Pipe B

¥ l l ¤ l Crush/Clog of Pipe C
∗1 ¥ l l l ¤ Crush/Clog of Pipe D

¥ ¤ ¤ l l Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe A, B

¥ ¤ l ¤ l Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe A, C MISWIRING (MISPIPING)

CHECK CONNECTOR
∗1 ¥ ¤ l l ¤ Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe A, D (Color:RED)

Result of ¥ l ¤ ¤ l Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe B, C Check mode Short Open

judgement Normal operation Short
∗1 ¥ l ¤ l ¤ Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe B, D
∗1 ¥ l l ¤ ¤ Miswiring/Mispiping or Crush/Clog of Pipe C, D
Fig. 10-4-18
¥ ¤ ¤ ¤ l A, B, C Miswiring/Mispiping

¥ ¤ ¤ l ¤ A, B, D Miswiring/Mispiping
LED : Light Emitting Diode
¥ ¤ l ¤ ¤ A, C, D Miswiring/Mispiping ¤ : LED ON
¥ l ¤ ¤ ¤ B, C, D Miswiring/Mispiping l : LED OFF
A, B, C, D Miswiring/Mispiping packed valve ¥ : LED FLASH
¥ ¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ keeps closed 1 : 4 units Multi model only
*

u Useful Functions Self-Diagnosis by LED Indication

• For this outdoor unit, the self-diagnosis is possible by using five LEDs (1 Yellow + 4 Red).
* LEDs (D800 to D804) are provided on P.C. board of the inverter.
LED indication Indoor 1. If a trouble occurs, LED goes on
Contents according to the contents of
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 alarm code
trouble as shown in the left table.
l l l l l None Normal running
2. When two or more troubles
l ¤ l l l 14 IGBT short circuit, Compressor motor rare short
occur, LEDs go on cyclically
*2 ¤ ¤ l l l 16 Trouble on position detecting circuit (alternately).
*2 l l ¤ l l 17 Trouble on current detecting circuit 3. Usually, LEDs (Red) go off.
¤ l ¤ ¤ l 18 Outdoor heat exchanger temp. sensor (TE) fault
l l ¤ ¤ l 18 Suction temp. sensor (TS) fault
l ¤ ¤ l l 19 Discharge temp. sensor (TD) fault LED
¤ ¤ ¤ l l 1A Trouble on outdoor fan motor D800 D801 D802 D803 D804

l l l ¤ l 1B Outdoor temp. sensor (TO) fault

Red
¤ l ¤ l l 1C Trouble on compressor system Yellow

¤ ¤ ¤ ¤ l 1C Temp. sensor (TGa) fault at A room gas side

*1 ¤ l l l ¤ 1C Temp. sensor (TGb) fault at B room gas side
¤ ¤ l l ¤ 1C Temp. sensor (TGc) fault at C room gas side
l l l l ¤ 1C Temp. sensor (TGd) fault at D room gas side
1C Gas leakage, TS sensor out of place, PMV,
l ¤ ¤ l ¤ sensor fault
1C TE sensor out of place, indoor heat exchanger Fig. 10-4-19
¤ ¤ ¤ l ¤ sensor (TC) out of place, PMV, sensor fault
IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
1C Miswiring at indoor or outdoor, Gas leakage,
l l l ¤ ¤ TS, TC sensor out of place, PMV, sensor fault
PMV : Pulse Motor Valve
LED : Light Emitting Diode
¤ ¤ l ¤ ¤ 1C Communication trouble between MCU ¤ : LED ON
¤ l l ¤ l 1D Compressor lock l : LED OFF
l ¤ l ¤ l 1E Trouble on discharge temp, Gas leakage *1 : 4 units Multi model only
¤ ¤ l ¤ l 1F Compressor break down *2 : Heat pump model only

– 91 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 u Installation/Servicing Tools Changes in the product and components
In the case of an air conditioner using R410A, in order to prevent any other refrigerant from being charged
accidentally, a service port diameter of the outdoor unit control valve (3 way valve) has been changed.
(1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch)
• In order to increase the pressure resisting strength of the refrigerant piping flare processing diameter and size
of opposite side of flare nuts is changed. (for copper pipes with nominal dimensions 1/2 and 5/8)
New tools for R410A
New tools for R410A Applicable to R22 model Changes
As pressure is high, it is impossible to measure by means of conventional
Gauge manifold × gauge. In order to prevent any other refrigerant from being charged, each
port diameter is changed.

In order to increase pressure resisting strength, hose materials and port

Charge hose × size are changed (to 1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch).
When purchasing a charge hose, be sure to confirm the port size.

Electronic balance for

refrigerant charging ¡ As pressure is high and gasification speed is fast, it is difficult to read the
indicated value by means of charging cylinder, as air bubbles occur.

Torque wrench
(nominal diam. 1/2, 5/8) × The size of opposite sides of flare nuts have been increased.
Incidentally, a common wrench is used for nominal diameters 1/4 and 3/8.

Flare tool (clutch type) ¡ By increasing the clamp bar’s receiving hole, strength of spring in the tool
has been improved.

Gauge for projection adjustment — — Used when flare is made with using conventional flare tool.
Connected to conventional vacuum pump. It is necessary to use an
adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from flowing back to the charge hose.
Vacuum pump adapter ¡ The charge hose connecting part has two ports-one for conventional
refrigerant (7/16 UNF 20 threads per inch) and one for R410A.
If the vacuum pump oil (mineral) mixes with R410A a sludge may occur
and damage the equipment.
Gas leakage detector × Exclusive for HFC refrigerant.

• Incidentally, the “refrigerant cylinder” comes with the refrigerant designation (R410A) and protector coating in the
U. S’s ARI specified rose color (ARI color code: PMS 507).
• Also, the “charge port and packing for refrigerant cylinder” require 1/2 UNF 20 threads per inch corresponding to
the charge hose’s port size.

CAUTION
• Incorrect wiring connection may cause electrical parts to burn out.
• Be sure to comply with local regulations/codes when running the wire from outdoor unit to indoor unit.
(Size of wire and wiring method etc.)
• Every wire must be securely connected.
• If incorrect or incomplete wiring is carried out, fire or smoke may result.
• Prepare the power supply for the exclusive use of the air conditioner.

– 92 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-5. Test Operation 10-5-4. Select Switch on Remote Controller
10-5-1. Gas Leak Test • If two indoor units are installed in the same room
or adjoining rooms, when the user tries to operate
Check the flare nut connections for gas leaks with a only one unit, both units may receive the same
gas leak detector and/or soapy water. remote controller signal and operate.
This can be prevented by changing one of the
Valve cover indoor units and remote controllers to setting “B”
(the default setting for both units is “A”).
Check places
for the indoor unit • If the indoor unit and remote controller settings
are different, the remote controller signal is not
accepted.

Setting the remote controller

1) Slide open the remote controller cover and
remove the batteries.
Check places
for outdoor unit 2) Cut the jumper wire inside the battery compart-
ment using nippers.

Fig. 10-5-1 NOTE

10-5-2. Test Operation The jumper wire should not remain in contact after
being cut. Also, be careful not to let plastic scraps,
To test the system, push and hold RESET button for
jumper wire cuttings or other debris enter the inside
10 sec. (There will be one short beep.)
of the remote controller.

3) Insert the batteries.

“B” appears in the remote controller display.

Setting the unit

RESET button 1) Push the RESET button to start automatic
operation.
2) Push the button of the remote controller that
was set in step 1 to stop the air conditioner.
(This operation will change the setting to “B”.)
3) Check that the remote controller operates the
Fig. 10-5-2 indoor unit.

10-5-3. Setting the Auto Restart

Cutting direction
This product is designed so that, after a power
failure, it can restart automatically in the same
operating mode as before the power failure. Jumper wire

NOTE When switching between settings

“A” and “B”, always switch the
The product was shipped with Auto Restart function indoor unit board and the
remote controller as a pair.
in the OFF position. Turn it ON as required. (Otherwise, the indoor unit will not
accept the remote controller’s signals.)

1) Push and hold the RESET button for about

3 seconds.
After 3 seconds, three short electric beeps will RESET button
be heard to inform you that the Auto Restart has
been selected.
2) To cancel the Auto Restart, follow the steps
described in the section Auto Restart Function of
the Owner’s Manual. Fig. 10-5-3

– 93 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-6. Removing the Main Parts 10-6-2. Removing the Moving Panel
Normally, the front panel, moving panel, and air flow 1) Open the moving panel, and support the moving
louvres do not need to be removed. panel by the panel support on the right side.
However, use the procedure below if removal of 2) Remove the lead wire cover on the right side.
these parts is necessary. (1 screw)

CAUTION
Before removing the front panel, moving panel, or
air flow louvres, be sure to stop operation of the air Lead wire cover
conditioner and unplug the power supply.

10-6-1. Removing the Front Panel and Screw

Moving Panel
1) Open the moving panel, and support the moving Fig. 10-6-4
panel by the panel support on the right side.
3) After removing a screw of the left-side panel
Panel support stopper, slide the panel stopper downwards.

Moving
panel Panel stopper

Screw
Front panel
Fig. 10-6-1
Fig. 10-6-5
2) Remove the 4 set screws on the front panel.
4) Grasp both sides of the moving panel, return the
panel support to its original position, and push
the left-side arm inwards with your finger.

Fig. 10-6-2

3) Insert your thumb into the air outlet bottom

section, and lift up the front panel bottom.
4) Close the moving panel to remove the clips on
the top side as shown below.
Push your finger down on the clip on the front
panel top, and lift up the panel back edge so that Fig. 10-6-6
the clip is released (5 locations).
5) Pull out the moving panel towards the left side to
Clip Clip Clip Clip remove.
Clip

Fig. 10-6-3 Fig. 10-6-7

– 94 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 10-6-3. Attaching the Moving Panel 3) Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gap of the
louver fixture on the right and left ends of the
1) Grasp both sides of the moving panel, and insert
vertical air flow louver, and turn in the counter-
the right-side joint first.
clockwise direction to remove.
Left-side joint Right-side joint Louver fixture

Horizontal air flow louvers

Air flow louver

Flathead screwdriver
Removing the louver fixture
(Left side)

Louver fixture

Fig. 10-6-8 Horizontal air flow louvers

Air flow louver

2) Insert the left-side joint, raise the panel stopper
upwards, and secure with the screw. Flathead screwdriver

Removing the louver fixture

(Right side)
Fig. 10-6-11

Panel stopper 4) After pushing in the right and left connector

joints, remove the vertical air flow louvres.
Screw Push in the right-side joint first before pushing in
the left-side joint.

10-6-5. Attaching the Vertical Air Flow

Fig. 10-6-9 Louvres
1) Attach the vertical air flow louvres by inserting
3) Insert the top edge of the lead wire cover into the connector joints in the order of left, right, and
the front panel, and secure with a screw. centre.
2) Secure the horizontal air flow louvres to the
connector joints.
Screw
Louver fixture

Connector joints
Connectors

Horizontal air flow louvers

Air flow louver

Lead wire cover
Louver fixture

Connector joints
Fig. 10-6-10
Connectors

Horizontal air flow louvers

10-6-4. Removing the Vertical Air Flow Louver Air flow louver

Fig. 10-6-12
CAUTION
3) After pushing in the connector joints, align the
The horizontal air flow louvres cannot be released positions of the connector joints and connectors.
from the vertical air flow louver.
4) Push the louver fixture downwards to lock it into
place.
1) Open the moving panel, and support it with the 5) After attaching, move the louver fixture from side
panel support. to side to check that the connector joint does not
2) Open the vertical air flow louver. come off.

– 95 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11. HOW TO DIAGNOSE THE TROUBLE
The pulse modulating circuits are mounted to both indoor and outdoor units.
Therefore, diagnose troubles according to the trouble diagnosis procedure as described below.
(Refer to the check points in servicing written on the wiring diagrams attached to the indoor/outdoor units.)

Table 11-1
No. Troubleshooting Procedure Page
1 First Confirmation 97
2 Primary Judgment 98
3 Judgment by Flashing LED of Indoor Unit 98
4 Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller (Check Code) 99
5 Judgment of Trouble by Symptom 102
6 Trouble Diagnosis by Outdoor LED 107
7 Troubleshooting 108
8 How to Diagnose Trouble in Outdoor Unit 109
9 Inspection of the Main Parts 110
10 How to Simply Judge Whether Outdoor Fan Motor is Good or Bad 115

NOTE < Discharging method >

1. Remove the inverter cover (plating) by opening
A large-capacity electrolytic capacitor is used in the four mounting claws.
outdoor unit controller (inverter). Therefore, if the
2. As shown below, connect the discharge resistance
power supply is turned off, charge (charging voltage
DC280V) remains and discharging takes a lot of time. (approx. 100Ω/40W) or plug of the soldering iron
to voltage between + – terminals of the C13
After turning off the power source, if touching the
charging section before discharging, an electrical
(“CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE 320V” is indicated.)
shock may be caused. Discharge the electrolytic electrolytic capacitor (760µF/400V) on P.C. board,
capacitor completely by using soldering iron, etc. and then perform discharging.

Discharging position
(Discharging period Plug of
10 seconds or more) soldering iron

Inverter cover

P. C. board
(Soldered surface)

Fig. 11-1

– 96 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-1. First Confirmation 11-1-3. Operation Which is not a Trouble
(Program Operation)
11-1-1. Confirmation of Power Supply
For controlling the air conditioner, the program
Confirm that the power breaker operates (ON)
operations are built in the microcomputer as
normally.
described in the following table.
If a claim is made for running operation, check
11-1-2. Confirmation of Power Voltage whether or not it meets to the contents in the
Confirm that power voltage is AC 220–240 ±10%. following table.
If power voltage is not in this range, the unit may not When it does, we inform you that it is not trouble of
operate normally. equipment, but it is indispensable for controlling and
maintaining of air conditioner.

Table 11-1-1

No. Operation of air conditioner Description

1 When power breaker is turned “ON”, the The OPERATION lamp of the indoor unit flashes when
operation lamp (Green) of the indoor unit power source is turned on. If “START/STOP” button is
flashes. operated once, flashing stops.
(Flashes also in power failure)

2 Compressor may not operate even if the The compressor does not operate while compressor
room temperature is within range of com- restart delay timer (3-minutes timer) operates.
pressor-ON. The same phenomenon is found after power source has
been turned on because 3-minutes timer operates.

3 In DRY and SLEEP MODE, FAN (air flow) The air flow indication is fixed to [AUTO].
display does not change even though FAN
(air flow select) button is operated.

4 Increasing of compressor motor speed For smooth operation of the compressor, the
stops approx. 30 seconds after operation compressor motor speed is restricted to Max. 33 rps for
started, and then compressor motor speed 2 minutes and Max. 57 rps for 2 minutes to 4 minutes,
increases again approx. 30 seconds after. respectively after the operation has started.

5 The set value of the remote control should If the set value is above the room temperature, Cooling
be below the room temperature. operation is not performed. And check whether battery
of the remote control is consumed or not.

6 In AUTO mode, the operation mode is After selecting Cool or Heat mode, select an operation
changed. mode again if the compressor keeps stop status for 15
minutes.

7 In HEAT mode, the compressor motor The compressor motor speed may decrease by high-
speed does not increase up to the temp. release control (Release protective operation by
maximum speed or decreases before the temp.-up of the indoor heat exchanger) or current
temperature arrives at the set temperature. release control.

8 Cool, Dry, or Heat operation cannot be When the unit in other room operates previously in
performed. different mode, Fan Only operation is performed
because of first-push priority control. (Cool operation
and Dry operation can be concurrently performed.)

– 97 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-2. Primary Judgment
To diagnose the troubles, use the following methods.
1) Judgment by flashing LED of indoor unit
2) Self-diagnosis by service check remote controller
3) Judgment of trouble by every symptom
Firstly use the method (1) for diagnosis. Then, use the method (2) or (3) to diagnose the details of troubles.
For any trouble occurred at the outdoor unit side, detailed diagnosis is possible by 5-serial LED on the inverter
P.C. board.

11-3. Judgment by Flashing LED of Indoor Unit

While the indoor unit monitors the operation status of the air conditioner, if the protective circuit operates, the
contents of self-diagnosis are displayed with block on the indoor unit indication section.

Table 11-3-1

Item Check code Block display Description for self-diagnosis

Indoor indication
lamp flashes. OPERATION (Green) Power failure
A ——
Flashing display (1 Hz) (when power is ON)

OPERATION (Green) Protective circuit operation

Which lamp
does flash?
B Flashing display (5 Hz) for indoor P.C. board

OPERATION (Green) Protective circuit operation

C TIMER (Orange) for connecting cable and
Flashing display (5 Hz) serial signal system

OPERATION (Green) Protective circuit operation

D Flashing display (5 Hz) for outdoor P.C. board

OPERATION (Green)
Protective circuit operation for others
E TIMER (Orange)
(including compressor)
Flashing display (5 Hz)

NOTE
• The contents of items B and C and a part of item E are displayed when air conditioner operates.
• When item B and C, and item B and a part of item E occur concurrently, priority is given to the block of item B.
• The check codes can be confirmed on the remote controller for servicing.

– 98 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-4. Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller (Check Code)
1. If the lamps are indicated as shown B to E in Table 11-3-1, execute the self-diagnosis by the remote controller.
2. When the remote controller is set to the service mode, the indoor controller diagnoses the operation
condition and indicates the information of the self-diagnosis on the display of the remote controller with the
check codes.
If a fault is detected, all lamps on the indoor unit will flash at 5Hz and it will beep for 10 seconds
(beep, beep, beep ... ). The timer lamp usually flashes (5Hz) during self-diagnosis.

11-4-1. How to Use Remote Controller in Service Mode

1 Push [CHECK] button with a tip of pencil to set the

remote controller to the service mode.
• “ ” is indicated on the display of the remote
controller.

2 Push [ON ] or [OFF ] button

If there is no fault with a code, the indoor unit will beep
once (Beep) and the display of the remote controller will
change as follows :

•••

• The TIMER indicator of the indoor unit flashes continuously.

(5 times per 1 sec.)
• Check the unit with all 52 check codes ( to )
as shown in Table-11-4-1.
• Press [ON ] or [OFF ] button to change the check
code backward.

If there is a fault, the indoor unit will beep for 10

seconds (Beep, Beep, Beep ... ).
Note the check code on the display of the remote
controller.
• 2-digits alphanumeric will be indicated on the display.
Alphanumeric characters are
used for the check codes. • All indicators on the indoor unit will flash.
is 5. is 6. (5 times per 1 sec.)
is A. is B.
is C. is D.
3 Push [START/STOP] button to release the service mode.
• The display of the remote controller returns to as it
was before service mode was engaged.

4 Time shortening method.

1. Push SET button while pushing CHECK button.
2. Push [START/STOP] button.

Fig. 11-4-1

– 99 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-4-2. Check Code
1. After servicing, push the START/STOP button to return to the normal mode.
2. After servicing by the check code, turn off breaker of the power supply, and turn on breaker of the power
supply again so that memory in the microcomputer returns the initial status.
However, the check codes are not deleted even if the power supply is turned off because they are stored in
the fixed memory.
3. After servicing, push [CLR] button under check mode status and then send the check code “7F” to the
indoor unit. The error code stored in memory is cleared.

Table 11-4-1

Block distinction Operation of diagnosis function

Air Judgment and action

Check Block Check Cause of operation conditioner Remarks
code code status

Indoor P.C. Short-circuit or discon- Operation Displayed when 1. Check the room temp. sensor.
board etc. nection of the room continues. error is detected. 2. When the room temp. sensor is
temperature sensor normal, check P.C. board.
(TA sensor).

Being out of place, Operation Displayed when 1. Check heat exchanger sensor.
disconnection, short- continues. error is detected. 2. When heat exchanger sensor is
circuit, or migration of normal, check P.C. board.
heat exchanger sensor
(TC sensor)

Being out of place, Operation Displayed when 1. Check heat exchanger sensor.
disconnection, short- continues. error is detected. 2. When heat exchanger sensor is
circuit, or migration of normal, check P.C. board.
heat exchanger sensor
(TCj sensor)

Lock of indoor fan or All off Displayed when 1. Check the motor.
trouble on the indoor fan error is detected. 2. When the motor is normal, check
circuit P.C. board.

Not Trouble on other indoor Operation Displayed when Replace P.C. board.
displayed P.C. boards continues. error is detected.

Connecting Return serial signal is not Operation Flashes when 1. When the outdoor unit never
cable and sent to indoor side from continues. trouble is detected operate:
serial signal operation started. on Return serial 1) Check connecting cable, and
1) Defective wiring of signal, and normal correct if defective wiring.
connecting cable status when signal
is reset. 2) Check 25A fuse of inverter
2) Operation of compres- P.C. board.
sor thermo Gas 3) Check 6.3A fuse of connect-
shortage Gas leak ing cable of inverter unit and
outdoor unit.
2. To display [Other] block during
operation, check compressor
thermo. operation and supply
gas (check gas leak also).
3. Unit operates normally during
check.
If return serial signal does not
stop between indoor terminal
board 2 and 3, replace inverter
P.C. board.
If signal stops between indoor
terminal board 2 and 3, replace
indoor P.C. board.

– 100 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Block distinction Operation of diagnosis function
Air Judgment and action
Check Check
Block Cause of operation conditioner Remarks
code code
status
Outdoor P.C. Inverter over-current All off Displayed when Even if trying operation again, all
board protective circuit error is detected. operations stop immediately. :
operates. (Short time) Replace P.C. board.
Position-detect circuit All off Displayed when 1. Even if connecting lead wire of
error or short-circuit error is detected. compressor is removed, position-
between windings of detect circuit error occurred. :
compressor Replace P.C. board.
2. Measure resistance between
wires of compressor, and
perform short-circuit. :
Replace compressor.
Current-detect circuit All off Displayed when Even if trying operation again, all
error error is detected. operations stop immediately. :
Replace P.C. board.
Being out of place, All off Displayed when 1. Check sensors (TE, TS).
disconnection or short- error is detected. 2. Check P.C. board.
circuit of the outdoor
heat exchanger sensor
(TE) or suction temp.
sensor (TS)
Disconnection or short- All off Displayed when 1. Check discharge temp. sensor
circuit of discharge temp. error is detected. (TD).
sensor 2. Check P.C. board
Outdoor fan drive system All off Displayed when Position-detect error, over-current
error error is detected. protective operation of outdoor fan
drive system, fan lock, etc. :
Replace P.C. board or fan motor.
Not Being out of place, Operation 1. Check outdoor temp. sensor
displayed disconnection or short- continues —— (TO).
circuit of the outdoor 2. Check P.C. board.
temp. sensor (TO)
Outdoor P.C. Compressor drive output All off Displayed when Check 5-serial LED.
board error, Compressor error error is detected. When 20 seconds passed after
(lock, missing, etc.), start-up, position-detect circuit error
Break down occurred. : Replace compressor.
Trouble on P.M.V.
Others Return serial signal has Operation Flashes when 1. Repeat Start and Stop with
(including been sent when continues trouble is detected interval of approx. 10 to 40
compressor) operation started, but it on return serial minutes. (Code is not displayed
is not sent from halfway. signal, and normal during operation.)
1) Compressor thermo. status when signal Supply gas. (Check also gas leak).
operation is reset. 2. Unit operates normally during
Gas shortage check.
Gas leak If return serial signal does not
2) Instantaneous power stop between indoor terminal
failure block 2 and 3, replace inverter
P.C. board.
If signal stops between indoor
terminal block 2 and 3, replace
indoor P.C. board.
Compressor does not All off Displayed when 1. Trouble on compressor
rotate. error is detected. 2. Trouble on wiring of compressor
(Current protective (Missed phase)
circuit does not operate
when a specified time
passed after compressor
had been activated.)
Discharge temp. All off Displayed when 1. Check dischage temp. sensor
exceeded 117°C error is detected. (TD).
2. Gas leakage
3. Trouble on P.M.V.
Break down of All off Displayed when 1. Check power voltage.
compressor error is detected. (220–230–240 V +10%)
2. Overload operation of refrigera-
tion cycle
Check installation condition
(Short-circuit of outdoor diffuser).
4-way valve inverse error Operation 1. Check 4-way valve operation.
(TC sensor value lowered continues ——
during heating operation.)

– 101 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-5. Judgment of Trouble by Symptom
11-5-1. Indoor Unit (Including Remote Controller)
(1) Power of indoor unit does not turned on
<Primary check>
1. Is the supply voltage normal?
2. Is the normal voltage provided to the outdoor unit?
3. Is the crossover cable connected properly? Operation
4. Is the fuse (F01) blown?
Check Item

Considerable principle cause

Turn off power supply once, and

5 second later, turn it on again. Measures

NO
Item by symptoms
Is OPERATION indicator flashing?
YES

Is it possible to turn on NO Does transmission mark NO

power supply by pushing on remote controller flash
[START/STOP] button normally,and is its signal Remote controller is defective.
on remote controller? transmitted properly?
YES YES
Refer to (5) “Troubleshooting
Unit operates normally. for remote controller”.

Is fuse (F01) YES Does fan YES

Parts (R01, R02, DB01, motor connector
of indoor control C01, C03, IC01 and T101)
board blown? between CN301 1 –
are defective. 3 short-circuit?
NO
NO
Is voltage
NO (DC12V or 5V) YES
indicated on rear of Microcomputer Replace main
indoor control is defective. P.C. board
board normal?

Is DC310–340V NO
supplied between Parts of a power supply circuit
CN10 1 – 3 ? defective.

YES
Replace fan
motor.

• Be sure to disconnect the motor connector CN301 after shut off the power supply, or it will be a cause of
damage of the motor.

(2) Power of indoor unit does not turned on though Indoor P.C. board is replaced
<Confirmation procedure>

Turn on power supply.

NO NO
Does OPERATION indicator flash? Is wired correctly to white and
black lead wires of terminal block? Correct wiring.

YES YES
To item of
“Power supply is not turned on”.

– 102 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 (3) Only the indoor motor fan does not operate
<Primary check>
1. Is it possible to detect the power supply voltage (AC220–240V) between  and ‚ on the terminal block?
2. Does the indoor fan motor operate in cooling operation?
(In heating operation, the indoor fan motor does not operate for approximately 10 minutes after it is turned
on, to prevent a cold air from blowing in.)

Turn off power

supply once, and
turn it on again.

Is it possible to detect NO
Does fan motor
YES DC 1V or more between
continue to operate? 5 + and 3 – of
motor connector (CN301)? Replace indoor
NO fan motor.
YES
Start to operate
indoor unit in cooling
operation at airflow
level “LOW”.

NO Is it possible to detect NO
Does indoor DC 310–340V between
fan operate? 1 + and 3 – of motor
connector (CN301)?
YES
YES
Turn off indoor unit and remove
(Motor connection condition) NO connector from motor.
Is it possible to detect DC 15V Then push START/STOP button
between 4 + and 3 – of on remote controller to stop
motor connector (CN301)? flashing lamp on indoor unit.
YES

Is it possible to detect NO
Change airflow level DC 15V between 4 + Replace main
to “HIGH”. and 3 – of motor P.C. board.
connector (CN301)?
YES
Start to operate the
indoor unit in except
heating operation. NO Turn off indoor unit and
At this time, is it possible to remove connector from motor.
detect DC 1V or more between Then start to operate indoor
5 + and 3 – of motor
unit with remote controller.
connector (CN301)?

YES
Start to operate the
indoor unit in except
heating operation.
Is it possible to NO At this time, is it possible NO
change airflow level to detect DC 1V or more
to “HIGH”? between 5 + and 3 –
of motor connector (CN301)?
YES (Check this condition
within 15 seconds after
starting unit.)

YES
Is it possible to NO Replace
rotate cross-flow fan by
hand properly? bearing.

YES

Turn off indoor unit

and rotate cross-flow
fan by hand when the
unit is on standby. NO
At this time, is it possible to
detect DC 1V or more
between 5 + and 3 –
of motor connector
(CN301)?
Fan motor
operates normally. YES

– 103 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 (4) Indoor fan motor automatically starts to rotate by turning on power supply
<Cause>
The IC is built in the indoor fan motor. Therefore the P.C. board is also mounted to inside of the motor.
If the P.C. board is soldered imperfectly or the IC is defective, the fan motor may automatically rotate by turning
on power supply.
<Inspection procedure>
1. Remove the front panel. (Remove 2 screws.)
2. Remove the cover of the fan motor lead wires.
3. Check DC voltage with CN301 connector while the fan motor is rotating.

NOTE
• Do not disconnect the connector while the fan motor is rotating.
• Use a thin test rod.

Indoor fan starts rotating when power supply is turned on.

P.C. board
CN301
(Check output DC voltage of fan motor on P.C. board.)
6 (Blue)
Yellow 5 (Yellow)
Measure voltage between 3 (GND : BLACK) 4 (White)
and 5 (V line : YELLOW) of motor connector (CN301) Black 3 (Black)
while indoor fan motor is rotating.
2 –
1 (Red)

DC 1.0V or more Under DC 1.0V

DC

P.C. board is defective. Motor is defective.

Replace P.C. board. Replace motor.

– 104 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 (5) Troubleshooting for remote controller
<Primary check>
Check that A or B selected on the main unit is matched with A or B selected on the remote controller.

The unit does not beep at all.

Push the START/STOP button. Operation lamp on indoor
unit is not indicated.

NO
Is transmission
mark indicated?

YES

Is receiver Push RESET button

on indoor unit NO
on remote controller
exposed to with tip of pencil.
direct sunlight?
YES
Is there any Does indoor unit
thyristor NO NO operate when moving
fluorescent light remote controller
nearby? near receiver or
indoor unit?
YES
YES

Batteries are
exhausted.

Push the START/

STOP button
Does indoor unit
NO start to operate by
automatic restart Is transmission NO
function? mark indicated?
YES YES
NO Does indoor unit
beep and operate?

YES
Does radio sound
is affected by remote NO
controller when a signal is
transmitted at distance of
5 cm from radio?
YES

P.C. board Remote controller

is defective. is defective.

Keep indoor unit

Avoid direct away from thyristor Replace Replace Normal Replace
sunlight. fluorescent light. P.C. board. batteries. operation remote controller.

NOTE : After replacing batteries,

push the RESET button
with a tip of a pencil.

– 105 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-5-2. Wiring Failure (Interconnecting and Serial Signal Wire)
(1) Outdoor unit does not operate
1) Is the voltage between ‚ and ƒ of the indoor terminal block varied?
2) Confirm that transmission from indoor unit to outdoor unit is correctly performed based upon the
following diagram.

NOTE
• Measurement should be performed 2 minutes and 30 seconds after starting of the operation.
• Be sure to prepare a diode for judgment.

Terminal block at indoor side

Red 3 S5277G or equivalent (G or J type)
S5277G (Diode with rated voltage of 400V
White 2 or more is acceptable.)

1 Terminal block Tester

Normal time : Voltage swings between DC15 and 60V. ..................Inverter Assembly check (11-8-1.)
Abnormal time : Voltage does not vary.

(2) Outdoor unit stops in a little while after operation started

<Check procedure> Select phenomena described below.
1) The outdoor unit stops 10 to 20 minutes after operation started, and 10 minutes or more are required to
restart the unit.

Gas circulation amount is down. Gas shortage

Gas leak
Measure gas pressure. Pipe clogging

Thermo. operation of compressor

2) If the unit stops once, it does not operate until the power will be turned on again.

To item of Outdoor unit does not operate.

3) The outdoor unit stops 10 minutes to 1 hour after operation started, and an alarm is displayed.
(Discharge temp. error check code 03, 1E Sensor temp. error check code 02, 1C)

Gas leak
P.M.V. is defective.
Refer to the chart in 11-6.
Miswiring of connecting wires of indoor/outdoor units
Clogging of pipe and coming-off of TC sensor

– 106 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-6. Trouble Diagnosis by Outdoor LED
For the outdoor unit, the self-diagnosis is possible by LED (Yel)
and four LEDs (Red).
LED
• LED (Yel) (D800) and LEDs (Red) (D801 to D804) are
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804
provided on the sub-control board under surface of the
inverter, and as shown below, they are checked from the
wiring port when removing the wiring cover. Red
Yellow

1. If a trouble occurs, LED (Red or Yel) goes on according to

the trouble as described in the table below.
2. When two or more troubles occur, LEDs go on cyclically.
3. Usually, LEDs (Red or Yel) go off.

Fig. 11-6-1

¡ : LED ON, l : LED OFF

IGBT : Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor, P.M.V. : Pulse Motor Valve
LED display Indoor Description
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 check code

l l l l l — During normal operation

l ¡ l l l 14 IGBT short circuit, compressor motor rare short
¡ ¡ l l l 16 Position-detect circuit error
l l ¡ l l 17 Current-detect circuit error
¡ l ¡ l l 1C Compressor system error
l ¡ ¡ l l 19 Discharge temp. sensor (TD) error
¡ ¡ ¡ l l 1A Outdoor fan error
l l l ¡ l 1B Outside temp. sensor (TO) error
¡ l l ¡ l 1D Compressor lock
l ¡ l ¡ l 1E Discharge temp. sensor error, gas leakage
¡ ¡ l ¡ l 1F Compressor break down
l l ¡ ¡ l 18 Suction temp. sensor (TS) error
¡ l ¡ ¡ l 18 Evaporator temp. sensor (TE) error
*2 ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ l 1C A room gas side temp. sensor (TGa) error
*2 ¡ l l l ¡ 1C B room gas side temp. sensor (TGb) error
*2 ¡ ¡ l l ¡ 1C C room gas side temp. sensor (TGc) error
*2, *3 l l l l ¡ 1C D room gas side temp. sensor (TGd) error
*1 l ¡ ¡ l ¡ 1C Gas leakage, PMV sensor error
*1 1C Indoor heat exchanger sensor (TC) disconnection,
¡ ¡ ¡ l ¡ PMV sensor error
1C Indoor/outdoor miswiring, gas leakage, TC sensor
l l l ¡ ¡ disconnection, PMV sensor error
¡ ¡ l ¡ ¡ 1C Communication error between MCU

*1 : Back-up operation is performed without block display of the indoor unit.

*2 : Operated normally when the air conditioners in other rooms are driven.
*3 : 4 units Multi model only

– 107 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-7. Troubleshooting
11-7-1. How to Check Whether the Air Purifier is Good or Not

Turn off the power breaker once,

and turn on again after 10 seconds.

NO
Does the OPERATION indicator flash? To item “Power supply is not turned on”
YES
Turn off the power breaker and remove
CN401 (Micro switch connector).
Short-circuit between 1 and 2 pin
of CN401 at PC side, and turn on
the power breaker after 10 seconds.
Primary check

Is DC12V applied Is DC12V applied

between 1 (Brown/DC12V) and NO between 1 (+) and 2 (–) NO
(Red/GND) of CN402 of the of CN402 of the main
high-voltage generator? P.C. board (MCC5068)?
YES YES
Replace the main P.C. board (MCC5068)
Is there conduction of
micro-switch connector under YES
Micro-switch is stuck
OFF status of the micro-switch
(Front panel opened)?
Replace micro-switch.
NO
Is there conduction of
micro-switch connector under NO • Conduction check of micro-switch
Micro-switch malfunction
ON status of the micro-switch
(Front panel closed)?
YES Push the switch
ON → ON
1) Check operation while short-circuiting CN401 of the main P.C. board. Release the switch
2) Perform air purifying operation by the remote controller. → OFF
• In this time, check that the remote controller is in status which is shortened by time on
the reactivation preventive timer and all display indicators go on for approx. 3 seconds
when a signal is received.
( Ifthetime on the reactivation preventive timer is not shortened,
high-voltage is not applied to electrode of the air purifier for approx. 1 hour. )
• While the air purifier operates, check that the fan speed [AUTO] is not displayed. Tester
(Because the power ON/OFF is controlled on the program)
3) Be sure not to touch the electric dust collector, ionizer, or ionized wire unit with the human body.

NO
Does the indoor fan rotate? To item “Only indoor fan does not operate”
YES
Does the PURE indicator (Blue) or NO
the FILTER indicator (Orange) go on? Replace the main P.C. board (MCC5068).

YES
Does the PURE indicator • How to check output of the air purifier
go off within 2 seconds after NO <Caution on High Voltage!!>
Operation check

it was ON, and does the FILTER

indicator (Orange) go on?
YES
Ion electrode

Are the electric dust Dry the electric High-voltage tester

NO
collector and ionizer dried? dust collector
(Electrode check) and ionizer. Heat
exchanger
YES

Referring to the right figure, check the Be sure not to come

high-output voltage of the air filter unit. to contact to the gray
(NOTE) part or not to touch
Use an exclusive high voltage tester; the ionized cables.
otherwise the tester may be broken.
YES
Refer to items, cleaning and check
for the electric dust collector/ionizer/ Is output of the ionizer NO
ionized wire units. approx. 4.0 kV to 6.3 kV? Replace the high-voltage generator.
When the ionized wire is
( disconnected or when dirt is
not cleaned even cleaned,
replace each unit.
) YES

Are the electric dust

collector/ionizer/ionized
YES wire units dirty? NO
Is an abnormal sound No trouble
(cracking noise) heard
from the electrode?

– 108 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-8. How to Diagnose Trouble in Outdoor Unit
11-8-1. Summarized Inner Diagnosis of Inverter Assembly

Table 11-8-1

Diagnosis/Process flowchart Item Contents Summary

Preparation Turn “OFF” the power supply

breaker, and remove 3P
connector which connects
Remove
connector of inverter and compressor.
compressor.
If fuse was blown, be sure to
Check • Check whether 25A fuse on check the electrolytic
NG the control board assembly capacitor and diode block.
Check 25A fuse
(Part No.F01). is blown or not. (F01)
OK
Check • Connect discharge
Replace fuse.
resistance (approx. 100Ω,
40W) or soldering iron
(plug) between +, –
Check terminals of the electrolytic
electrolytic capacitor (760µF) of C14
capacitor, diode
block, etc. (with printed CAUTION
HIGH VOLTAGE) on P.C.
board.

Discharging position
Check (Discharging period
terminal voltage NG 10 seconds or more) Plug of
of electrolytic soldering
capacitor. iron
OK
Check
electrolytic
capacitor, diode
block, etc.

Does outdoor NO
Turn on the power breaker,
fan rotate?
Operation and operate the air condi-
YES tioner in COOL mode by time
shortening.
Does LED on control YES OK if 760µF →
board flash or go on? DC280 to 380V
Measure terminal voltage of
NO Measure- the electrolytic capacity.
ment Remove CN300 while
Remove connector [760µF:400WV × 4] pushing the part indicated
CN300 of outdoor fan by an arrow because CN300
NG motor, and using a After operation, turn off the is a connector with lock.
tester, check resistance power breaker after 2
value between every
phases at motor side. Check minutes 20 seconds passed,
and discharge the electrolytic
OK capacitor by soldering iron.
Stop Check voltage between
Replace motor phases.
outdoor
fan motor. • Is not winding between -
Check ‚‚ ‚-ƒ, or -ƒ opened
A B C Measure- or short-circuited?
ment → Resistance between
• Is not frame grounded with phases should be
, ‚, or ƒ? approx. 25 to 55Ω

→ Should be 10MΩ or
more.

– 109 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Diagnosis/Process flowchart Item Contents Summary

Check Check winding resistance

A B C between phases of compres-
sor, and resistance between
outdoor frames by using a
tester.
Check NG
winding of • Is not grounded. → OK if 10MΩ or more
compressor.
• Is not short-circuited  → OK if 0.2Ω (under 20°C)
OK
 (Check by a digital tester.)
between windings. 
Check Replace
NG fan motor com- • Winding is not opened.
position pressor.
detect
signal.
OK
Opera- Remove connector CN300 of
tion the outdoor fan motor, turn on
the power breaker, and
Replace
outdoor perform the operation.
fan (Stops though activation is
motor. prompted.)

Check operation within 2

Check minutes 20 seconds after
Replace control
board assembly. activation stopped.

<Output check of fan motor a) One or two of three

position detect signal> voltages should be 5V,
Check and others should be 0V.
compressor NG While connecting connector
winding 5P (CN301) for position (When all are 0V or 5V, it
resistance. detection, using a tester, is not accepted.)
OK measure voltage between b) When rotating the fan
– . slowly with hands, the
Replace Replace Between – „ : 5V voltage between pins
control board. compressor. should move from 0V to 5V.
(Check it with an analog
tester.)

11-9. Inspection of the Main Parts

11-9-1. Inspection of the P.C. Board (Indoor Unit)

CAUTION
(1) Operating precautions
1) When removing the front panel or the P.C. board, be sure to shut off the power supply breaker.
2) When removing the P.C. board, hold the edge of the P.C. board and do not apply force to the parts.
3) When connecting or disconnecting the connectors on the P.C. board, hold the whole housing. Do not
pull at the lead wire.
(2) Inspection procedures
1) When a P.C. board is judged to be defective, check for disconnection, burning, or discoloration of the
copper foil pattern or this P.C. board.
2) The P.C. board consists of the following 2 parts
a. Main P.C. board part :
DC power supply circuit (5V, 12V, 35V), Indoor fan motor control circuit, CPU and peripheral circuits,
buzzer, and Driving circuit of louver.
b. Indication unit of infrared ray receiving infrared ray receiving circuit, LED :
To check defect of the P.C. board, follow the procedure described below.

– 110 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 (3) Check procedures

Table 11-9-1

No. Procedure Check points Causes

1 Turn off the power supply breaker Check whether or not the fuse (F01) Impulse voltage was applied or the
and remove the P.C. board is blown. indoor fan motor short-circuited.
assembly from electronic parts
base. Remove the connecting
cables from the terminal block.

2 Remove the connector of the Check power supply voltage : 1. The terminal block or the crossover
motor and turn on the power 1. Between No. 1 and No. 3 of CN301 cable is connected wrongly.
supply breaker. If OPERATION (AC 220–240V) 2. The capacitor (C01), line filter (L01),
indicator flashes (once per 2. Between and of C03 resistor (R02), or the diode (DB01)
second), it is not necessary to (DC 310–340V) is defective.
check steps (1 to 3) in the right 3. IC101, IC122 and T101 are defective.
next column. 3. Between of IC122 and output
side of IC122 (DC 15V) 4. IC101, IC121, IC122 and T101 are
4. Between 12V and GND defective.
5. Between 5V and GND

3 Push [START/STOP] button once Check power supply voltage : IC501 and IC502 are defective.
to start the unit. (Do not set the 1. Between CN03 and CN501
mode to On-Timer operation.) (DC 15–60V)

4 Shorten the restart delay timer Check whether or not all indicators The indicators are defective or the
and start unit. (OPERATION, TIMER, PURE) are lit housing assembly (CN261) is defective.
for 3 seconds and they return to
normal 3 seconds later.

5 Push [START/STOP] button once 1. Check whether or not the com- 1. The temperature of the indoor heat
to start the unit, pressor operates. exchanger is extremely low.
• Shorten the restart delay timer. 2. Check whether or not the OPERA- 2. The connection of the heat ex-
• Set the operation mode to TION indicator flashes. changer sensor is loose.
COOL. (The connector is disconnected.)
(CN602)
• Set the fan speed level to
AUTO. 3. The heat exchanger sensor and the
P.C. board are defective.
• Set the preset temperature
(Refer to Table 11-3-1.)
much lower than the room
temperature. (The unit (com- 4. The main P.C. board is defective.
pressor) operates continuously
in the above condition.)

6 If the above condition (No. 5) still 1. Check whether or not the com- 1. The temperature of the indoor heat
continues, start the unit in the pressor operates. exchanger is extremely high.
following condition. 2. Check whether or not the OPERA- 2. The connection of the heat ex-
• Set the operation mode to TION indicator flashes. changer sensor short-circuited.
HEAT. (CN602)
• Set the preset temperature 3. The heat exchanger sensor and the
much higher than room tem- P.C. board are defective.
perature. (Refer to Table 11-3-1.)
4. The main P.C. board is defective

7 Connect the motor connector to 1. Check it is impossible to detect 1. The indoor fan motor is defective.
the motor and turn on the power the voltage (DC 15V) between 3 (Protected operation of P.C. board.)
supply. and 4 of the motor terminals. 2. The P.C. board is defective.
Start the unit the following 2. The motor does not operate or the 3. The connection of the motor
condition. fan motor does not rotate with connector is loose.
• Set the fan speed level to HIGH. high speed.
(The unit (compressor) oper- (But it is possible to receive the
ates continuously in the above signal from the remote controller.)
condition in No. 5.) 3. The motor rotates but vibrates
strongly.

– 111 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-9-2. P.C. Board Layout

+12V +5V GND

IC801

L01

DB01
C03

T101

[1] Sensor characteristic table

100
90
80
TD
Resistance value (kΩ)

70
60
TD : Discharge temp. sensor
50 TA : Room temp. sensor
TC, TCj : Heat exchanger temp. sensor
40
TO : Outdoor temp. sensor
30 TE : Outdoor heat exchanger temp. sensor
TS : Suction temp. sensor
20
10 TA, TC, TCj, TO, TE, TS
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature (˚C)

– 112 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-9-3. Indoor Unit (Other Parts)

No. Part name Checking procedure

1 Room temp. (TA) sensor Disconnect the connector and measure the resistance value with tester.
Heat exchanger (TC) sensor (Normal temp.)
Heat exchanger (TCj) sensor
Temperature
Sensor 10°C 20°C 25°C 30°C 40°C
TA, TC, TCj (kΩ) 20.7 12.6 10.0 7.9 4.5

2 Remote controller Refer to page 105. Troubleshooting for Remote Controller

3 Louver motor Measure the resistance value of each winding coil by using the tester.
(right, left, Horizontal) (Under normal temperature 25°C)
MP24Z3N
White 1 1 Position Resistance value
Yellow 2 2 1 to 2
Yellow 3 3 1 to 3
Yellow 4 4 250 ± 20Ω
1 to 4
Yellow 5 5 1 to 5

4 Louver motor (Moving panel) Measure the resistance value of each winding coil by using the tester.
MP24Z4N (Under normal temp. 25°C)

White 1 1 Position Resistance value

Yellow 2 2 1 to 2
Yellow 3 3 1 to 3
Yellow 200 ± 20Ω
4 4 1 to 4
Yellow 5 5 1 to 5

5 Indoor fan motor Refer to page 103. Only the Indoor Motor Fan Does not Operate and page
104. Indoor Fan Motor Automatically Starts to Spin by Turning on Power Supply.

11-9-4. Outdoor Unit

No. Part name Checking procedure

1 Compressor Measure the resistance value of each winding by using the tester.
(Model : DA220A2F-20L1) Red
Position Resistance value
Red - White
White - Black 0.2 ± 0.01Ω
Black - Red
White Black
Under 20°C

2 Outdoor fan motor Measure the resistance value of winding by using the tester.
(Model : ICF-140-63-2R)
Red Position Resistance value
1 Yellow Yellow - Pink 5 to 20 kΩ
4 Pink Red - White 29.3 to 35.9 kΩ
5 Gray
White - Black 29.3 to 35.9 kΩ
White Black Black - Red 29.3 to 35.9 kΩ
For details, refer to Section 11-5.

3 Compressor thermo. Bimetal type Check conduction by using the tester.

(Model : US622KXTMQO)

4 Outdoor temperature sensor (TO), Disconnect the connector, and measure resistance value with the tester.
pipe temperature sensor (Normal temperature)
(TGa, TGb, TGc, TGd),
discharge temperature sensor (TD), Temperature
Sensor 10°C 20°C 25°C 40°C 50°C
suction temperature sensor (TS),
evaporator temperature sensor TA, TC (kΩ) 105 64 51 27 18
(TE), TO, TE, TS (kΩ) 20.6 12.6 10.0 5.1 3.4
TGa, TGb, TGc, TGd (kΩ) 20.0 12.5 10.0 5.3 3.6

– 113 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-9-5. Checking Method for Each Part

No. Part name Checking procedure

1 Electrolytic capacitor 1. Turn OFF the power supply breaker.
(For raising pressure, 2. Discharge all three capacitors completely.
smoothing) 3. Check that safety valve at the bottom of capacitor is not broken.
4. Check that vessel is not swollen or exploded.
5. Check that electrolytic liquid does not blow off.
6. Check that the normal charging characteristics are shown in continuity test by
the tester.

Heat sink IGBT side

C10 C11 C12 C13 Case that product is good
Pointer swings once, and returns
slowly. When performing test
MCC-1438 once again under another polarity,
Soldered the pointer should return.
surface

C10, C11, C12, C13 → 760µF/400V

2 IGBT module 1. Turn OFF the power supply switch.

2. Discharge all four electrolytic capacitors completely.
3. Execute continuity test with a tester.

+ – BZ BY BX W BW V BV U BU +
BU BV BW

U V W

BX BY BZ
–
+ + U V W – U V W
Tester rod
– U V W – W U V +
Case that product is good 1M or more 100k to 300k 200k to 300k

– 114 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 11-10. How to Simply Judge Whether Outdoor Fan Motor is Good or Bad
1. Symptom
• Outdoor fan motor does not rotate.
• Outdoor fan motor stops within several tens seconds though it started rotating.
• Outdoor fan motor rotates or does not rotate according to the position where the fan stopped, etc.
Remote controller check code “02 : Outdoor block, 1A : Outdoor fan drive system error”
2. Cause
The following causes are considered when the outdoor fan motor does not normally rotate.
1) Mechanical lock of the outdoor fan motor
2) Winding error of the outdoor fan motor
3) Position-detect circuit error inside of the outdoor fan motor
or
4) Motor drive circuit error of the outdoor P.C. board
3. How to simply judge whether outdoor fan motor is good or bad

Turn OFF the breaker.

Disconnect two connectors (CN300 and CN301)

of the outdoor fan motor from the inverter.

Does the fan rotate without trouble NO

when rotating it with hands?
YES

If the resistance value between

1 (Red lead) – 2 (White lead) CN300
2 (White lead) – 3 (Black lead) NO
3 (Black lead) – 1 (Red lead)
of the connector
(CN300 : Motor winding)
is 25 to 55 , it is normal.

YES

If the resistance value between

1 (Yellow lead) – 4 (Pink lead) NO
of the connector
(CN301 : Motor position detection)
is 5k to 20k , it is normal.

YES

Fan motor is normal. Fan motor error

(Outdoor P.C. board error)

NOTE
However, GND circuit error inside of the motor may be accepted in some cases when the above check is
performed.
When the fan motor does not become normal even if P.C. board is replaced, replace the outdoor fan motor.

– 115 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <MCC-1438>

– 116 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 <MCC-818>

– 117 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12. HOW TO REPLACE THE MAIN PARTS

12-1. Indoor Unit

WARNING
Since high voltages is applied to electrical parts, turn off the power without fail before
starting replacement work.

After repairs have been completed and the front panel and cabinet have been attached,
perform test run and check for smoke, unusual sound, and other abnormalities.
Failure to do so may cause fire or electric shock. Make sure that the cabinet is attached
CHECK before starting test run.

Perform the following when repairing the refrigeration cycle.

• Watch out for fire in the surrounding area. If a gas stove or other appliance is being used,
extinguish the flames before starting work. If the flames are not extinguished, they may
ignite oil mixed with the refrigerant gas and may cause fire or burn injury.
• Do not use welding equipment in an airtight room.
WATCH OUT FOR FIRE Carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused if the room is not well ventilated.
• Do not use welding equipment near flammable materials. Flames from the equipment may
cause the flammable materials to catch fire and may result in fire or burn injury.

CAUTION
Wear thick gloves such as cotton work gloves during repair work.
Failure to do so may cause injury by parts.
WEAR GLOVES

12-1-1. Removing the Front Panel and Moving Panel

Panel support
1) Open the moving panel, and support the moving
panel by the panel support on the right side.

Moving panel
Front panel
Fig. 12-1-1

2) Remove the four set screws on the front panel.

Fig. 12-1-2
Clip Clip Clip Clip Clip
3) Insert your thumb into the air outlet bottom
section, and lift up the front panel bottom.
4) Close the moving panel to remove the clips on
the top side as shown below.
Push your finger down on the clip on the front
panel top, and lift up the panel back edge so that
the clip is released (5 locations).
Fig. 12-1-3

– 118 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-1-2. Fixing Frame Assembly 12-1-3. Electric Parts Cover Detached
1) Detach the two air filters. 1) Perform all the steps in 11-1-1.Removing the
2) Disconnect the plasma ion charger connector Front Panel and Moving Panel.
and the earth lead (black). (The earth lead is 2) Remove the screw beside the screw that se-
connected to the heat exchanger with a screw.) cures the electric parts box assembly.
3) Remove the two screws securing the fixing 3) Remove the connector cover screws and detach
frame to the rear of the indoor unit. the connector cover.
4) While pushing the claw of the lead wire cover in
Fixing frame Screws
the direction shown in the figure, lift the bottom
of the lead wire cover to detach it.
5) Disconnect the connectors below.
• Louver motor connector (24P) for louver
• Fan motor connector (5P)
• Louver motor connector (5P) for movable panel
• Minus ion charger connector (4P)
Air filter 6) Remove the motor base assembly by releasing
Connector Earth screw the claw.
(Plasma ion charger) (Plasma ion charger)
7) Remove the earth screw, TC sensor, and TCj
sensor.

CAUTION
When attaching the electric parts assembly
• Insert the projection at the rear of the indoor unit
into the upper hole in the electric parts assembly.
• Check that the fan motor lead wires are con-
nected as shown in the figure.
When attaching the motor base assembly
• Before attaching the motor base assembly,
Fig. 12-1-4
connect the earth wire and install the TC and TCj
sensors.
4) While turning the upper part of the fixing frame
to the front, release the front claw of the fixing • Insert the bottom of the motor base assembly into
frame from the rear of the indoor unit. the portion shown in the figure.
• Insert the motor cover projection into the hole in
Claws (Upper part) the right side panel of the motor base assembly.

Claws (Front part)

Fig. 12-1-5

– 119 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-1-4. Microcomputer P.C. Board 12-1-5. Louver
1) Remove the electric parts cover screw. 1) Open the moving panel, and support it with the
2) Detach the metal electric parts cover. panel support.
3) Disconnect the connectors from the P.C. board. 2) Open the vertical air flow louver.
4) Disconnect the solderless terminals from the P.C. 3) Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gap of the
board. louver fixture on the right and left ends of the
vertical air flow louver, and turn in the counter-
5) Remove the P.C. board.
clockwise direction to remove.

Louver fixture
Horizontal air flow louvers

Air flow louver

Flathead screwdriver

Removing the Removing the

louver fixture louver fixture
(Left side) (Right side)
Electric parts cover detached
Fig. 12-1-7

4) After pushing in the right and left connector

joints, remove the vertical air flow louvres.
Remove the centre joint and bend the louver
downward.
Remove the right side joint first, and then,
remove the left side joint

Screw Electric parts Claw Sub-base

cover (2 locations)

Indoor P.C. board

Left side joint

Centre Right side joint
joint

Fig. 12-1-8

Claw (2 locations)

Fig. 12-1-6

– 120 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-1-6. Heat Exchanger 12-1-7. Fan Motor
1) Perform all the steps in 12-1-1. Removing the 1) Perform all the steps in 12-1-1. Removing the
Front Panel and Moving Panel and 12-1-2. Front Panel and Moving Panel and 12-1-3.
Fixing Frame Assembly. Electric Parts Cover Detached.
2) Remove the pipe holder at the rear of the unit. 2) Loosen the hexagon socket set screw of the
3) Remove the two fixing screws (10 mm) at the left cross flow fan from the air outlet.
of the heat exchanger. 3) Remove the two fixing screws of the motor band
4) Remove the fixing screw of the heat exchanger (right).
fixing holder (upper). 4) Pull the motor band (right) and the fan motor out
5) Remove the fixing screw of the heat exchanger of the unit.
fixing holder (lower).
6) Release the end plate hook and the claw at the Hexagon socket set screw
right of the heat exchanger, pull up the heat
exchanger, and then remove the fixing holder
(lower) from the guide of the indoor unit.

Pipe holder

Fixing screws

Screw
(10 mm) Motor band (right)

Motor connector Motor band (right)

Heat exchangerfixing holder

(upper)

Positioning ribs

Fig. 12-1-10
Heat exchangerfixing holder
(lower)

Fig. 12-1-9 CAUTION

Install the fan motor while positioning it so that the
CAUTION fan motor connector comes between the positioning
ribs on the motor band (right).
Check that the claw is engaged with the end plate Be sure to tighten the hexagon socket set screw so
hook, and then secure the heat exchanger with screws. that it touches the D-cut surface of the fan motor shaft.

– 121 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-1-8. Cross Flow Fan
1) Perform all the steps in 11-1-1. Removing the 1 Keep 27mm distance between the support shaft
Front Panel and Moving Panel and 11-1-2. at the rear centre of the unit and the immediate
Fixing Frame Assembly. right joint-section of the cross flow fan.
2) Remove the two fixing screws (10 mm) at the left Detail A
of the heat exchanger end plate, and then
remove the two fixing screws (12 mm) of the The support shaft
bearing base assembly. at the rear centre of the unit
3) Remove the bearing base while lifting the heat
exchanger.
4) Remove the cross flow fan while lifting the heat
exchanger.
27mm
Screws (12 mm)

Fig. 12-1-13

2 Check that the fan motor shaft end projects by

Bearing base 9 mm above the screw boss of the cross flow fan.
If the motor shaft end is below the screw boss, the
cross flow fan may have been assembled improperly.
Screws Check again whether the cross flow fan have been
(10 mm)
assembled properly.
Detail B
Heat exchanger

Set screw of the cross flow fan

Fan motor shaft

9mm

Fig. 12-1-14

3 Be sure to tighten the hexagon socket set screw

so that it touches the D-cut surface of the fan
motor shaft.
Fig. 12-1-11

CAUTION
Check and perform items 1 and 2 in the following
table.

A B

Fig. 12-1-12

– 122 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-2. Plasma Ion Charger 12-2-3. High-voltage Power Supply Unit and
Discharger Unit
12-2-1. Common Procedure
1) Perform all the steps in 12-1-1. Removing the
1) Perform all the steps in 12-1-1. Removing the
Front Panel and Moving Panel.
Front Panel and Moving Panel for the indoor unit.
2) Disconnect the 4P connector on the high-voltage
2) Detach the two air filters.
power supply unit.
3) Remove the screw securing the earth lead
12-2-2. Protective Board (black).
1) Remove the screw shown in the figure. 4) While pushing down the hook at the upper part
2) Shift the protective board to the left. of the high-voltage power supply unit, detach the
upper part of the power supply unit.
3) Pull the protective board toward you to remove it.
5) Lift the high-voltage power supply unit, and pull
the projection at the bottom of the high-voltage
power supply unit out of the fixing frame.

Screw
High-voltage power supply unit

Hook 4P connector

Fig. 12-2-1

Fixing frame Earth screw Earth lead

Fig. 12-2-2

CAUTION
Carry out this work taking care of the end of the sheet
metal on the back of the discharger unit.

6) Gently warp the centre of the discharger unit

downward, and disengage the upper projection
from the fixing frame.
7) Gently warp the centre of the discharger unit
upward, and disengage the lower projection from
the fixing frame.
8) Hold the hook at the left of the discharger unit,
and lift the discharger unit to remove it.

– 123 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 12-3. Outdoor Unit

No. Part name Procedure Remarks

1 Common 1. Detachment
procedure 1) Stop operation of the air conditioner, and turn
“OFF” the power breaker. Air outlet panel
Upper panel
2) Remove the side panel. (Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.) Fan
guard Back panel
3) Remove the cord clamp.
(Ø4 × 14L 5 × 2 = 10 pcs.) Side panel

Disconnect the connecting cables and power

4
cord from the terminals.
4) Remove the upper panel. (Ø4 × 10L 6 pcs.)
5) Remove the front panel. (Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
6) Remove the back panel. (Ø4 × 10L 6 pcs.) Front panel

7) Remove the air outlet panel. (Ø4 × 10L 8 pcs.)

2 Inverter 1. Detachment
Inverter cover
assembly 1) Perform work from item 1) to 5) of 1 . P.C. board
(Soldered surface)
2) Remove screw (ST1T Ø4 × 10L 1 pc.) of the
upper left part of the inverter cover.
• If removing the inverter cover in this condi-
tion, P.C. board can be checked.
• If there is no space in the upper part of the
upper cabinet, perform work from 6) to 7) of
1 and remove the partition fixing plate
(ST1T Ø4 × 10L 1 pc.).

Be careful to check the inverter because

high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it. Fixing plate
(Partition)
3) Perform discharging by connecting the
discharging resistance (approx. 100Ω 40W) or
plug of soldering iron to , terminals of the
C15 (printed “CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE” is
attached.) electrolytic capacitor (760µF) on
P.C. board.

Be careful to discharge the capacitor

because the electrolytic capacitor cannot
naturally discharge and voltage remains
according to trouble type in some cases.

NOTE The holder at upper part.

This capacitor is one with mass capacity.

Therefore, it is dangerous that a large spark
generates if short-circuiting between ,
polarity with screwdriver, etc. for discharging.

4) Remove screw (Ø4 × 10L 2 pcs.) fixing the

valve clamping plate/the inverter box, and
fixing the back panel/the inverter box.
5) Remove various lead wires from the holder at
upper part of the inverter box and cut 2 tie-lap
ties binding each lead wires :
6) Pull the inverter box upward.
7) Disconnect connectors of various lead wires. Tie-lap ties (2 pcs)

– 124 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 No. Part name Procedure Remarks

3 Control 1. Disconnect lead wires and connectors connected

board from the control board assembly to other parts.
assembly 1) Lead wires
• Connection with terminal block : 7 wires
(Red, Orange, Pink, Yellow, Black and two White CN601~
wires) CN608

• Connection with compressor : CN301 CN300

CN704
Remove the fastons (3 places at compressor side). CN703

• Connection with reactor : CN702

Remove the connector from P08, 09 CN701

(2P, White) and P12, P13 (2P, Gray).

• Connection with 4-way valve :
Remove the connector (3P).
• Connection with case thermo. :
Remove the connector (2P).
2) Connectors
CN300, CN302, CN303, CN501,
• Sub-control board assembly side CN604, CN606, CN701, CN702,
CN300 : Outdoor fan (3P, White) CN703, CN704, 4-way valve
CN301 : Outdoor fan position detection (5P, White) connector, case thermo. connec-
CN601 : TO sensor (2P, White) tor at the sub-control board
CN602 : TD sensor (3P, White) assembly side are connectors
CN603 : TS sensor (2P, Black) with locks. Therefore, remove the
CN604 : TE sensor (2P, Black) connector while pushing the part
CN605 : TGa sensor (3P, Yellow) indicated by an arrow.
CN606 : TGb sensor (3P, Brown)
CN607 : TGc sensor (3P, Green)
CN608 : TGd sensor (2P, Blue)
CN701 : A room pulse motor valve (6P, Yellow)
CN702 : B room pulse motor valve (6P, White)
CN703 : C room pulse motor valve (6P, Red)
CN704 : D room pulse motor valve (6P, Blue)
2. Disconnect cable connecting the main control board
assembly side and sub-control board assembly.
• Main control board assembly side
CN04 : Connecting cable (3P, White)
CN05 : Connecting cable (2P, White)
CN06 : Connecting cable (5P, Red)
CN13 : Connecting cable (5P, Red)
• Sub-control board assembly side
CN302 : Connecting cable (3P, White)
CN303 : Connecting cable (2P, White)
CN501 : Connecting cable (3P, Red)
CN800 : Connecting cable (5P, Red)
3. The connecting cable connecting compressor and P.C. board base
P.C. board base and that connecting reactor and P.C. P.C. board
board base are fixed to the inverter box with bundling
band. Cut off bundling band.
4. The connecting cables of the main P.C. board base
and the sub-P.C. board base are fixed with bundling When mounting a new board,
band. Cut off bundling band. check that the board is correctly
5. Remove the control board assembly from P.C. board set in the groove of base holder
base. of P.C. board base.
1) Main control board assembly side
• Remove 2 claws of P.C. board base, and remove upward the heat sink by hands.
• Remove 3 screws fixing the heat sink and main control board assembly side.
• Remove red, orange, brown, and black connecting cables connected to the diode
block.
• Replace the P.C. board with a new one.
2) Sub-control board assembly side
• Remove P.C. board base from the inverter box.
• Remove 3 claws of P.C. board base, and replace the board with a new one.

– 125 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 No. Part name Procedure Remarks

4 Fan motor 1) Perform work from item 1) to 5), 7) of 1 .

2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan motor and
the propeller fan.
• Flange nut is loosened by turning clockwise.
(To tighten the flange nut, turn counterclock-
wise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor from the
Fan
inverter. motor
5) Remove the fixing screws (3 pcs.), while holding
by hands so that the fan motor does not fall.
Flange nut
Propeller fan

5 Compressor 1) Perform work of item 1 , 2 ‚ and 4 .

2) Evacuate refrigerant gas.
3) Remove the partition board.
(Take care that the reactor and the partition
fixing plate remain.) (Ø4 × 10L 3 pcs.)
4) Remove the sound-insulation materials.
5) Remove terminal cover of the compressor, and
disconnect lead wires of the compressor and the
compressor thermo. assembly from the terminal.
6) Remove pipes connected to the compressor with
a burner. Valve
clamping
7) Remove the fixing screws of the bottom plate plate
and heat exchanger. (Ø4 × 10L 2 pcs.) Compressor
thermo.
8) Remove the fixing screws of the bottom plate
and valve clamping plate (Ø4 × 10L 2 pcs.), the
accumulator fixing plate and the accumlator (Ø4 Compressor

× 10L 2 pcs.).
9) Pull upward the refrigeration cycle.
10) Remove nut fixing the compressor on the Partition board
bottom plate.

6 Reactor 1) Perform work from item 1) to 5) of 1 and 2 .

2) Remove screws fixing the reactor.
(Ø4 × 10L 2 pcs. for one reactor. One outdoor Reactor
unit has two reactors on the partition.)

– 126 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 No. Part name Procedure Remarks

7 Pulse 1. Detachment
motor valve 1) Perform work of item 1 and 2 . Positioning bracket
(PMV) coil PMV coil at coil side
2) Release the coil from the notch by turning it,
Lead wire
and remove coil from the pulse motor valve. take-out port

2. Attachment
1) Put the coil deep into the bottom position.
2) Fix the coil firmly by turning it to the notch Positioning concavity
position. ID mark at PMV unit side
(72˚ pitch)

The pulse motor valve has A, B, C and D

room side.
After mounting it, check that coil at B room
ID mark
side (Nothing is marked on the pulse motor
valve.) is connected to CN702.
Check that coil at C room side (Red marking PMV unit
is marked on the pulse motor valve.) is
connected to CN703. Check that coil at D
room side (Blue marking is marked on the Mounting Method of
pulse motor valve) is connected to CN704 of Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Coil
the control board assembly respectively.
Set the positioning bracket on
the PMV coil to a concavity at
PMV unit side and fix PMV coil.
In this time, match color of ID
mark at the coil side with that of
ID mark at the PMV unit side.
Make sure also that pipes do
not deform when inserting and
fixing the coil.

8 Fan guard 1. Detachment

1) Perform work of item 1 .
2) Remove the front cabinet, and put it down so
that fan guard side directs downward.

Perform work on a corrugated cardboard,

cloth, etc. to prevent flaw to the product.

3) Remove the hooking claws by pushing minus

screwdriver according to the arrow mark in the
right figure, and remove the fan guard. Minus screwdriver
Hooking claw
2. Attachment
1) Insert claw of the fan guard in the hole of the
air outlet panel.
Push the hooking claws (5 positions) by hands
and fix the claws.

After all the attaching works are complected,

check that all the hooking claws are fixed to
the specified positions.

– 127 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 No. Part name Procedure Remarks

9 Replacement of 1) Cut the sensor 100 mm longer than

temperature sensor old one. Thermal
Cutting here
for servicing only sensor part Connector 100
2) Cut the protective tube after pulling out
it (200 mm).
Common service 3) Move the protective tube toward the 200 Cutting here
parts of sensor TO, thermal sensor side and tear the tip of
TS, TE, TGa, TGb, lead wire in two then strip the covering
TGc, TGd part. 15
(without TD)
4) Pass the stripped part through the 70
thermal constringent tube. Thermal
constringent tube
5) Cut the old sensor 100 mm length on
the connector side, and recycle that Cutting here
connector. 100

6) Tear the lead wire in two on the

connector side and strip the covering
part. 15
Soldered part
7) Twist the leads on the connector and 70
sensor sides, and solder them.
8) Move the thermal constringent tubes
toward the soldered parts and heat
them with the dryer and constring
them. Dryer
9) Wind the attached color tape round
the both terminals of the protective
Winding the color tape
tube when colored protective tube is
used.
10) Fix the sensor again.
NOTE
1) Store the joint part of the sensor and the connector in the electric parts box.
2) Never joint them near the thermal sensor part.
Otherwise it would cause insulation inferiority because of dew drops.
3) When replacing the sensor using the colored protective tube, wind the
color tape matching the color of that tube.

These are parts for

Parts name Q'ty Remarks
servicing sensors.
Please check that 1 Sensor 1 Length : 3m
the accessories 2 Sensor Spring (A) 1 For spare
shown in the right
table are packed. 3 Sensor Spring (B) 1 For spare
4 Thermal constringent tube 3 Including one spare
5 Color tape 1 9 colors
6 Terminal 3

– 128 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 13. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST

13-1. Indoor Unit

RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND

220 240
224 214, 215 238 234 211 219

229 218
239
209 216
225 221, 222, 223 206
210
203
201
228
202 208 233
232
217
245
205 250
237 212, 213
227
226
204 243 248, 249

∗ The parts in the following parts list are conformed to RoHS.

Therefore be sure to use the following parts for repairing and replacing.

Location Part No. Description Location Part No. Description

No. No.
201 43005779 Panel Ass’y 222 43044876 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
202 43005778 Frame, Ainl Ass’y (M16)
203 4301V098 Fix, Frame Ass’y 223 43044875 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y
204 43080609 Filter, Air (M18)
205 4308S232 Wiring Diagram 224 43049784 Spring
206 43022455 Louver Ass’y 225 43096255 Panel, Bush (L)
208 4302C095 Fan Motor Ass’y 226 43096257 Panel, Bush (R)
209 4302C076 Motor, Louver (For Panel) 227 4301V097 Guard, Plasma Pure Filter
210 4302D003 Motor, Louver (For Louver) 228 4301V089 Base Ass’y, Motor
211 4306A172 Cord, Motor, Louver 229 43019904 Holder, Sensor
212 4301V103 Cover Ass’y, Motor (M18) 232 43062276 Connector, Cover Ass’y
213 4301V104 Cover Ass’y, Motor 233 43062275 Lead, Cover Ass’y
(M10, 13, 16) 234 43082296 Plate, Installation
214 43022458 Base, Bearing Ass’y (M18) 237 43083071 Holder, Remote Controller
215 43022459 Base, Bearing Ass’y 238 43003323 Body Ass’y, Back
(M10, 13, 16) 239 43070199 Hose, Drain
216 43020372 Fan Ass’y, Cross Flow 240 43079239 Cap, Drain
217 43039376 Band, Motor, Right 243 43066024 Remote Controller Wireless
218 43125171 Bearing Ass’y, Mold 245 43080608 Plasma Pure Filter Ass’y
219 4301V083 Holder, Pipe 248 4308S213 Owner’s Manual
220 43049787 Pipe, Shield (M10, 13, 16, 18PKVP-E)
221 43044870 Refrigeration Cycle Ass’y 249 4308S214 Owner’s Manual
(M10,13) (M10, 13, 16, 18PKVP-ND)
250 4308S217 Owner’s Manual (CD-ROM)

– 129 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 13-2. Microcomputer P.C. Board
RAS-M10PKVP-E, RAS-M13PKVP-E, RAS-M16PKVP-E, RAS-M18PKVP-E
RAS-M10PKVP-ND, RAS-M13PKVP-ND, RAS-M16PKVP-ND, RAS-M18PKVP-ND

417, 418, 419, 420

404

405
402 416 401

403

∗ The parts in the following parts list are conformed to RoHS.

Therefore be sure to use the following parts for repairing and replacing.

Location Part Description Location Part Description

No. No. No. No.

401 4306A132 Terminal Block, 3P 417 4306V206 P.C. board Ass’y,

402 43050425 Sensor Ass'y, Service M10PKVP-E,-ND
403 43050426 Sensor, Service 418 4306V207 P.C. board Ass’y,
M13PKVP-E,-ND
404 4306V137 P.C. board Ass’y, WRS-LED
419 4306V208 P.C. board Ass’y,
405 43051349 Switch Ass’y Micro
M16PKVP-E,-ND
416 43067115 Clamp, Cord
420 4306V209 P.C. board Ass’y,
M18PKVP-E,-ND

– 130 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 13-3. Outdoor Unit

42
6 35
23
24 25
44
43 39, 40
33 34
32 52
50 12, 45, 47
13, 46, 48
36 15,
18,
21
14,
17,
20
16,
19,
22
38
49 27
30 50
7 5 3 9
8
1
37

2
29
28

10 31

– 131 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 ∗ The parts in the following parts list are conformed to RoHS.
Therefore be sure to use the following parts for repairing and replacing.

Location Part Description Location Part Description

No. No. No. No.

1 43005640 Cabinet, Back Ass’y 28 43050407 Thermostat, Bimetal

2 43005641 Cabinet, Side Ass’y 29 43063317 Holder, Thermostat
3 43005639 Cabinet, Front Ass’y 30 43049739 Cushion, Rubber
4 43005725 Panel, Upper 31 43097212 Nut
5 43005635 Cabinet, Air, Outlet 32 43047669 Nut, Flange
6 4301V071 Guard, Fin 33 43120213 Fan, Propeller, PJ491
7 43191651 Guard, Fan 34 4302C069 Motor, Fan, DC,
8 43122065 Bell Mouth ICF-140-63-2R
9 43042490 Base Ass’y 35 43058276 Reactor, CH-47-Z-T
10 43041785 Compressor, 36 43048066 Accumulator Ass’y
DA220A2F-20L1 37 4301V021 Hanger
12 43046442 Valve, Packed, 9.52 38 43119390 Hanger
13 43146680 Valve, Packed, 12.7 39 43046445 Valve, 4-way, STF-0213Z
14 43047684 Socket, 6.35 40 43146722 Coil, 4-way, STF-01A
15 43047683 Socket, 9.52 42 43043747 Condenser Ass’y
16 43047682 Socket, 12.7 43 43032441 Nipple, Drain
17 43147196 Bonnet, 1/4 IN 44 43158192 Reactor, CH-43-Z-T
18 43047401 Bonnet, 3/8 IN 45 43047674 Cap, Charge, Port, 3/8 IN
19 43147195 Bonnet, 1/2 IN 46 43047675 Cap, Charge, Port, 1/2 IN
20 43047685 Nut, Flare, 1/4 IN 47 43047680 Cap, Valve, Packed, 3/8 IN
21 43047686 Nut, Flare, 3/8 IN 48 43047659 Cap, Valve, Packed, 1/2 IN
22 43047688 Nut, Flare, 1/2 IN 49 43019822 Holder, Sensor, Ø4, TGa
23 43046449 Valve, P.M.V., UKV-18D 50 43063321 Holder, Sensor, Ø4
24 43046448 Coil, P.M.V., UKV-U061E TGb, TGc, TGd, TD
25 43063332 Holder, Sensor, TO 52 43019904 Holder, Sensor, Ø6

No. 24 Coil, P.M.V. : For standardization of the servicing parts, one type only is provided.
Therefore, color of the connector may be different in replacement work.

– 132 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 13-4. P.C. Board Layout
RAS-4M27GAV-E1

707

710

715 705

TO Sensor
TE Sensor
700 TS Sensor
TD Sensor

704
706

TGa Sensor
708 TGb Sensor
701 TGc Sensor
702
TGd Sensor

∗ The parts in the following parts list are conformed to RoHS.

Therefore be sure to use the following parts for repairing and replacing.

Location Part Location Part

No. No. Description No. No. Description

700 43162042 Base, P.C. board, ABS 706 43150320 Sensor, TG (Ø4)
701 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P 707 4316V192 Plate
702 43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 708 4306V203 P.C. board Ass’y, MCC-818
AC 250V, 20A (4M27GAV-E1)
704 43050424 Sensor, TD (Ø4) 710 4306V205 P.C. board Ass’y, IPDU,
705 43050425 Sensor, TO, TE, TS (Ø6) MCC-1438
715 43150259 Rectifier, 30A, 800V

– 133 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 RAS-3M26GAV-E1

707

710

715 705

TO Sensor
TE Sensor
700 TS Sensor
TD Sensor

704
706

TGa Sensor
709 TGb Sensor
701 TGc Sensor
702

∗ The parts in the following parts list are conformed to RoHS.

Therefore be sure to use the following parts for repairing and replacing.

Location Part Location Part

No. No. Description No. No. Description

700 43162042 Base, P.C. board, ABS 706 43150320 Sensor, TG (Ø4)
701 43160565 Terminal Block, 3P 707 4316V192 Plate
702 43160566 Terminal Block, 6P, 709 4306V204 P.C. board Ass’y, MCC-818
AC 250V, 20A (3M26GAV-E1)
704 43050424 Sensor, TD (Ø4) 710 4306V205 P.C. board Ass’y, IPDU,
705 43050425 Sensor, TO, TE, TS (Ø6) MCC-1438
715 43150259 Rectifier, 30A, 800V

– 134 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION
2 CHOME 12-32, KONAN, MINATOKU, TOKYO, 108-0075, JAPAN
Copyright © 1999 to 2009 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine